ZA200004564B - Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses. - Google Patents
Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses. Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- ZA200004564B ZA200004564B ZA200004564A ZA200004564A ZA200004564B ZA 200004564 B ZA200004564 B ZA 200004564B ZA 200004564 A ZA200004564 A ZA 200004564A ZA 200004564 A ZA200004564 A ZA 200004564A ZA 200004564 B ZA200004564 B ZA 200004564B
- Authority
- ZA
- South Africa
- Prior art keywords
- ligand
- ligands
- linker
- linkers
- compounds
- Prior art date
Links
- 108020001213 potassium channel Proteins 0.000 title claims description 50
- 102000004257 Potassium Channel Human genes 0.000 title claims description 48
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 title claims description 45
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 title description 37
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 457
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 380
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 128
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 claims description 125
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 121
- -1 propoful Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 106
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 104
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 71
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 48
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 40
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 39
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 claims description 35
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N quinidine Chemical compound C([C@H]([C@H](C1)C=C)C2)C[N@@]1[C@H]2[C@@H](O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-LHHVKLHASA-N 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 30
- ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Amiodarone hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCC[NH+](CC)CC)C(I)=C1 ITPDYQOUSLNIHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 29
- 229960005260 amiodarone Drugs 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 29
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- IXTMWRCNAAVVAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dofetilide Chemical compound C=1C=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=CC=1CCN(C)CCOC1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 IXTMWRCNAAVVAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 229960002994 dofetilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 22
- MREBEPTUUMTTIA-PCLIKHOPSA-N Azimilide Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCCN1C(=O)N(\N=C\C=2OC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1=O MREBEPTUUMTTIA-PCLIKHOPSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 229950001786 azimilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- DLNAKYFPFYUBDR-HDICACEKSA-N (4-aminophenyl)-[(1s,5r)-7-benzyl-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-3-yl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(N)=CC=C1C(=O)N1C[C@@H](CN(CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C2)C[C@@H]2C1 DLNAKYFPFYUBDR-HDICACEKSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 229950005516 ambasilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 18
- LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinchonine Natural products C1C(C(C2)C=C)CCN2C1C(O)C1=CC=NC2=CC=C(OC)C=C21 LOUPRKONTZGTKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 229960001404 quinidine Drugs 0.000 claims description 17
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 16
- ALOBUEHUHMBRLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibutilide Chemical compound CCCCCCCN(CC)CCCC(O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 ALOBUEHUHMBRLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 229960004053 ibutilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 229950008118 sematilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- 229960002370 sotalol Drugs 0.000 claims description 15
- CTIRHWCPXYGDGF-HDICACEKSA-N tedisamil Chemical compound [H][C@]12CN(CC3CC3)C[C@]([H])(CN(CC3CC3)C1)C21CCCC1 CTIRHWCPXYGDGF-HDICACEKSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- KHYPYQZQJSBPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sematilide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 KHYPYQZQJSBPIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- ZBMZVLHSJCTVON-UHFFFAOYSA-N sotalol Chemical compound CC(C)NCC(O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 ZBMZVLHSJCTVON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 229960002926 tedisamil Drugs 0.000 claims description 14
- NUKYPUAOHBNCPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC=C1 NUKYPUAOHBNCPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- UAARDOOBGJGDJV-LJQANCHMSA-N artilide Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 UAARDOOBGJGDJV-LJQANCHMSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 229950007077 artilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- ZQTNQVWKHCQYLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dronedarone Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCCN(CCCC)CCCC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=C(CCCC)OC2=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C12 ZQTNQVWKHCQYLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960002084 dronedarone Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960004979 fampridine Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960004580 glibenclamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N glyburide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1C(=O)NCCC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)NC(=O)NC2CCCCC2)C=C1 ZNNLBTZKUZBEKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- YLJREFDVOIBQDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tacrine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N)=C(CCCC3)C3=NC2=C1 YLJREFDVOIBQDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 229960001685 tacrine Drugs 0.000 claims description 13
- DKMFBWQBDIGMHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-(4-methyl-1-piperidinyl)-1-butanone Chemical compound C1CC(C)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 DKMFBWQBDIGMHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- IVVNZDGDKPTYHK-JTQLQIEISA-N 1-cyano-2-[(2s)-3,3-dimethylbutan-2-yl]-3-pyridin-4-ylguanidine Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[C@H](C)N=C(NC#N)NC1=CC=NC=C1 IVVNZDGDKPTYHK-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- GLIRXHQYWRYQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(methanesulfonamido)-n-propan-2-yl-n-[2-(propan-2-ylamino)ethyl]benzenesulfonamide Chemical compound CC(C)NCCN(C(C)C)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 GLIRXHQYWRYQDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- WPSYTTKBGAZSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Clofilium Chemical compound CCCCCCC[N+](CC)(CC)CCCCC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 WPSYTTKBGAZSCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- TVZCRIROJQEVOT-CABCVRRESA-N Cromakalim Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2C3=CC(=CC=C3OC([C@H]2O)(C)C)C#N)CCCC1=O TVZCRIROJQEVOT-CABCVRRESA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- VXOKDLACQICQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Desethylamiodarone Chemical compound CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCCNCC)C(I)=C1 VXOKDLACQICQFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- KEECCEWTUVWFCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetylprocainamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(NC(C)=O)C=C1 KEECCEWTUVWFCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- IUJDSEJGGMCXSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiopental Chemical compound CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=S)NC1=O IUJDSEJGGMCXSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960004980 betanidine Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- NIVZHWNOUVJHKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bethanidine Chemical compound CN\C(=N/C)NCC1=CC=CC=C1 NIVZHWNOUVJHKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960002624 bretylium tosilate Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- KVWNWTZZBKCOPM-UHFFFAOYSA-M bretylium tosylate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1.CC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1Br KVWNWTZZBKCOPM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 12
- 229950004210 cromakalim Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- UVTNFZQICZKOEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N disopyramide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1C(C(N)=O)(CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 UVTNFZQICZKOEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960001066 disopyramide Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960001861 melperone Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 229960002310 pinacidil Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- 229950000357 risotilide Drugs 0.000 claims description 12
- HVSJHHXUORMCGK-UONOGXRCSA-N Chromanol 293B Chemical compound C1=C(C#N)C=C2[C@H](N(C)S(=O)(=O)CC)[C@@H](O)C(C)(C)OC2=C1 HVSJHHXUORMCGK-UONOGXRCSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002577 pseudohalo group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000004262 preparative liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- MREBEPTUUMTTIA-XYGWBWBKSA-N 1-[(z)-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl]methylideneamino]-3-[4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1CCCCN1C(=O)N(\N=C/C=2OC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1=O MREBEPTUUMTTIA-XYGWBWBKSA-N 0.000 claims 11
- PELVIWZRAPOYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(methanesulfonamido)-n-methyl-n-[2-[methyl-(1-methylbenzimidazol-2-yl)amino]ethyl]benzenesulfonamide Chemical compound N=1C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C=1N(C)CCN(C)S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 PELVIWZRAPOYAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 11
- 125000003310 benzodiazepinyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims 11
- ZMHOBBKJBYLXFR-BPNWFJGMSA-N 4-[(2r)-3-[ethyl(3-propylsulfinylpropyl)amino]-2-hydroxypropoxy]benzonitrile Chemical compound CCCS(=O)CCCN(CC)C[C@@H](O)COC1=CC=C(C#N)C=C1 ZMHOBBKJBYLXFR-BPNWFJGMSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- SRUISGSHWFJION-UHFFFAOYSA-N E-4031 Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(CCN2CCC(CC2)C(=O)C=2C=CC(NS(C)(=O)=O)=CC=2)=N1 SRUISGSHWFJION-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 10
- 229950003699 almokalant Drugs 0.000 claims 10
- CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylammonium Chemical compound CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC CBXCPBUEXACCNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims 3
- 125000005621 boronate group Chemical class 0.000 claims 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 228
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 86
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 71
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 59
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 58
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 52
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 50
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 49
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 43
- 239000003416 antiarrhythmic agent Substances 0.000 description 39
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 39
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 38
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 38
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 36
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 27
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 26
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 25
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 25
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 22
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- 230000003288 anthiarrhythmic effect Effects 0.000 description 21
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 21
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 19
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 18
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 18
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 17
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 17
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 125000005309 thioalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 16
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 14
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 14
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 13
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 12
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 11
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 11
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 11
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium on carbon Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000000266 alpha-aminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000004181 carboxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 210000001567 regular cardiac muscle cell of ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000005404 thioheteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 9
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000005553 heteroaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- HHPSICLSNHCSNZ-BYEGLACWSA-N 1-[(e)-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-yl]methylideneamino]-3-[4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)butyl]imidazolidine-2,4-dione;dihydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.C1CN(C)CCN1CCCCN1C(=O)N(\N=C\C=2OC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CC1=O HHPSICLSNHCSNZ-BYEGLACWSA-N 0.000 description 8
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 8
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 8
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000005296 thioaryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 7
- 230000036982 action potential Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000006793 arrhythmia Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 7
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 7
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 125000005323 thioketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000002861 ventricular Effects 0.000 description 7
- 206010003658 Atrial Fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 6
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000002633 crown compound Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicylcohexylcarbodiimide Chemical compound C1CCCCC1N=C=NC1CCCCC1 QOSSAOTZNIDXMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000001871 Tachycardia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000011833 dog model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 5
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butylhexane Natural products CCCCCCCCCC DIOQZVSQGTUSAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000005255 oxyaminoacyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- ABOYDMHGKWRPFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonamide Chemical compound NS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 ABOYDMHGKWRPFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Substances [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000002336 repolarization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- GTQHJCOHNAFHRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,10-dibromodecane Chemical compound BrCCCCCCCCCCBr GTQHJCOHNAFHRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-DICHLOROPHENYL)-1,1-DIMETHYLUREA Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 XMTQQYYKAHVGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 4
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000031 ethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002349 hydroxyamino group Chemical group [H]ON([H])[*] 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000000107 myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002547 new drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003450 potassium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000010410 reperfusion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006794 tachycardia Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229930195735 unsaturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 208000003663 ventricular fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010047302 ventricular tachycardia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- ULTHEAFYOOPTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-dibromobutane Chemical compound BrCCCCBr ULTHEAFYOOPTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JWHQZSGFJFQAFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-bromo-3-(2-bromoethoxymethoxy)propane Chemical compound BrCCCOCOCCBr JWHQZSGFJFQAFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010052164 Sodium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000018674 Sodium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 3
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000018452 Torsade de pointes Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000002363 Torsades de Pointes Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000009729 Ventricular Premature Complexes Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000008484 agonism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000033 alkoxyamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium formate Chemical compound [NH4+].[O-]C=O VZTDIZULWFCMLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000002072 atrial myocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzopyrazine Natural products N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 3
- RDHPKYGYEGBMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromoethane Chemical compound CCBr RDHPKYGYEGBMSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- ZQBNWMFBOSOOLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron;n-[4-[1-[2-(6-methylpyridin-2-yl)ethyl]piperidine-4-carbonyl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide;dichloride Chemical compound Cl.Cl.CC1=CC=CC(CCN2CCC(CC2)C(=O)C=2C=CC(NS(C)(=O)=O)=CC=2)=N1 ZQBNWMFBOSOOLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 239000000693 micelle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000004165 myocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- SXYAAGQHMZVOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(2-aminoethyl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(CCN)C=C1 SXYAAGQHMZVOEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IOGFKTINVCQCMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(2-bromoethoxy)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(OCCBr)C=C1 IOGFKTINVCQCMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003540 papillary muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000035479 physiological effects, processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 3
- REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N procainamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 REQCZEXYDRLIBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003742 purkinje fiber Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003461 sulfonyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GHITVUOBZBZMND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-tris(bromomethyl)benzene Chemical compound BrCC1=CC(CBr)=CC(CBr)=C1 GHITVUOBZBZMND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CRYUMTRDAJFBBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,8,12-tetrazacyclohexadecane Chemical compound C1CCNCCNCCCNCCCNC1 CRYUMTRDAJFBBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SGRHVVLXEBNBDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,6-dibromohexane Chemical compound BrCCCCCCBr SGRHVVLXEBNBDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKEGCUDAFWNSSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-dibromooctane Chemical compound BrCCCCCCCCBr DKEGCUDAFWNSSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DCVOGPHVXHEXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(benzylamino)-3-(4-iodobutyl)imidazolidine-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1N(CCCCI)C(=O)CN1NCC1=CC=CC=C1 DCVOGPHVXHEXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNNUSGIPVFPVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[1-(4-chlorophenyl)-1-phenylethoxy]ethyl]-1-methylpyrrolidine Chemical compound CN1CCCC1CCOC(C)(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 YNNUSGIPVFPVBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZHZFZVIDRJWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromopropane-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCBr VZHZFZVIDRJWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- TXCXKOWLDGRHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromohexane-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCCCCBr TXCXKOWLDGRHHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000035502 ADME Effects 0.000 description 2
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000006474 Brain Ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010007559 Cardiac failure congestive Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylethanolamin Natural products NCCOP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO JZNWSCPGTDBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061216 Infarction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tert-Butanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O DKGAVHZHDRPRBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010047281 Ventricular arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010047289 Ventricular extrasystoles Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005055 alkyl alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003281 allosteric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003440 anti-fibrillation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001502 aryl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- NQLJPVLOQMPBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N buta-1,3-diynylbenzene Chemical group C#CC#CC1=CC=CC=C1 NQLJPVLOQMPBPE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000001907 coumarones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QYQADNCHXSEGJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,1-dicarboxylate;hydron Chemical group OC(=O)C1(C(O)=O)CCCCC1 QYQADNCHXSEGJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001174 endocardium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl bromoacetate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CBr PQJJJMRNHATNKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002600 fibrillogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycine betaine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC([O-])=O KWIUHFFTVRNATP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005549 heteroarylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound NCCCCCCN NAQMVNRVTILPCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012804 iterative process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002107 myocardial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- QFNXQNYBIMKZLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(2-amino-1-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C(O)CN)C=C1 QFNXQNYBIMKZLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PTEMXZYFVMYQKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(2-bromoethyl)phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(CCBr)C=C1 PTEMXZYFVMYQKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004036 potassium channel stimulating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960000244 procainamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical compound CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000284 resting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001013 sinoatrial node Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical class ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 2
- YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N theobromine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C YAPQBXQYLJRXSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 2
- 102000040811 transporter activity Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091092194 transporter activity Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000004953 trihalomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WRIYPTGFYKBSFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ()-Conen Chemical compound CCCCOP(=O)(SCC)SCC1=CC=CC=C1 WRIYPTGFYKBSFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHGDNLUMAVPFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-butyl-1-benzofuran-3-yl)-[3,5-diiodo-4-[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methanone Chemical compound CCCCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC(I)=C(OCCNC)C(I)=C1 JHGDNLUMAVPFQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLPIATFUUWWMKC-SNVBAGLBSA-N (2r)-1-(2,6-dimethylphenoxy)propan-2-amine Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)COC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C VLPIATFUUWWMKC-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUJAGSGYPOAWEI-SECBINFHSA-N (2r)-2-amino-n-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)propanamide Chemical compound C[C@@H](N)C(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C BUJAGSGYPOAWEI-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N (2s)-2-[[2-benzyl-3-[hydroxy-[(1r)-2-phenyl-1-(phenylmethoxycarbonylamino)ethyl]phosphoryl]propanoyl]amino]-3-(1h-indol-3-yl)propanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)O)C(=O)C(CP(O)(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)OCC=1C=CC=CC=1)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WWTBZEKOSBFBEM-SPWPXUSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-LURJTMIESA-N (2s)-hexane-1,2,6-triol Chemical compound OCCCC[C@H](O)CO ZWVMLYRJXORSEP-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCWQRWSUDHQWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-imidazol-1-ylphenyl)-(7-propan-2-yl-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonan-3-yl)methanone;perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O.C1N(C(C)C)CC(C2)CC1CN2C(=O)C(C=C1)=CC=C1N1C=CN=C1 QCWQRWSUDHQWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPIIBUQYWNFELT-UHFFFAOYSA-N (5-amino-2-butyl-1-benzofuran-3-yl)-[4-[3-(dibutylamino)propoxy]phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C1=CC(OCCCN(CCCC)CCCC)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=C(CCCC)OC2=CC=C(N)C=C12 SPIIBUQYWNFELT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQANGKSBLPMBTJ-BRSNVKEHSA-N (z)-7-[(1s,2s,3r,4r)-3-[(e,3s)-3-hydroxyoct-1-enyl]-5-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl]hept-5-enoic acid Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CO[C@H]1[C@H](/C=C/[C@@H](O)CCCCC)[C@H]2C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O LQANGKSBLPMBTJ-BRSNVKEHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 1,2-di-[(9Z,12Z)-octadecadienoyl]-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycerol-3-phosphate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PORPENFLTBBHSG-MGBGTMOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoserine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TZCPCKNHXULUIY-RGULYWFUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 1-acetyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZRBYBGNTYSYFBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-pentoxynonane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCOCCCCC ZRBYBGNTYSYFBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical group COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VITZXXFFZZFPKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound O=CCC(C(=O)O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 VITZXXFFZZFPKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 2-amino-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranose Chemical compound N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromoethanol Chemical compound OCCBr LDLCZOVUSADOIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-propylbenzoic acid Chemical class CCCC1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1O AUVALWUPUHHNQV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-naphthalen-1-ylpyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 VLRSADZEDXVUPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FVRXLSOOPLSSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azidopropane-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCN=[N+]=[N-] FVRXLSOOPLSSNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDMVWJHOWDSYFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(2-aminoethoxy)aniline Chemical compound NCCOC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BDMVWJHOWDSYFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BLFRQYKZFKYQLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobutan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCCCO BLFRQYKZFKYQLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASZCXEVXMGCGRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobutane-1-sulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCCBr ASZCXEVXMGCGRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROJGJNINTRCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-carbaldehyde Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=O)O1 ROJGJNINTRCMBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZYYIAXSSKVOGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyloxyhexyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OCCCCCCOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 YZYYIAXSSKVOGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003130 Arrhythmia supraventricular Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical group C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CH2-hydantoin Natural products O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULBXZLAQHZLQSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CNCCCCN1C(=O)CN(NCc2ccccc2)C1=O Chemical compound CNCCCCN1C(=O)CN(NCc2ccccc2)C1=O ULBXZLAQHZLQSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000312 Calcium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003922 Calcium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010007572 Cardiac hypertrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006029 Cardiomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose, microcrystalline Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 PTHCMJGKKRQCBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010008120 Cerebral ischaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004635 Complementary DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001778 Coronary Occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010011086 Coronary artery occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400000686 Endothelin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800004490 Endothelin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical group OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- DJBNUMBKLMJRSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Flecainide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)COC1=CC=C(OCC(F)(F)F)C(C(=O)NCC2NCCCC2)=C1 DJBNUMBKLMJRSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerophosphorylserin Natural products OC(=O)C(N)COP(O)(=O)OCC(O)CO ZWZWYGMENQVNFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007821 HATU Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010019233 Headaches Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019851 Hepatotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CODXQVBTPQLAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxydecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(=O)OO CODXQVBTPQLAGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020853 Hypertonic bladder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010021639 Incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016924 KATP Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010053914 KATP Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012448 Lithium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000003939 Membrane transport proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000301 Membrane transport proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical group CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000021891 Micturition disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SOWBFZRMHSNYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Monoamide-Oxalic acid Natural products NC(=O)C(O)=O SOWBFZRMHSNYGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100382264 Mus musculus Ca14 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101100112373 Mus musculus Ctsm gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010029260 Neuroblastoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010029333 Neurosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000001584 Neurotransmitter-gated ion-channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050009804 Neurotransmitter-gated ion-channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009722 Overactive Urinary Bladder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930040373 Paraformaldehyde Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010034972 Photosensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000037 Polyproline Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940127316 Potassium Channel Antagonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124158 Protease/peptidase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 1
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007868 Raney catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Raney nickel Chemical compound [Al].[Ni] NPXOKRUENSOPAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000564 Raney nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010058156 Reperfusion arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100094962 Salmo salar salarin gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013541 Shaker Superfamily of Potassium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026533 Shaker Superfamily of Potassium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000032851 Subarachnoid Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042434 Sudden death Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000838698 Togo Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000949477 Toona ciliata Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010052779 Transplant rejections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000000921 Urge Urinary Incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047139 Vasoconstriction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010065341 Ventricular tachyarrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003734 Voltage-Gated Potassium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000013 Voltage-Gated Potassium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000269370 Xenopus <genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- CWRILEGKIAOYKP-SSDOTTSWSA-M [(2r)-3-acetyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl] 2-aminoethyl phosphate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCCN CWRILEGKIAOYKP-SSDOTTSWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXZCQTNPAAKLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(chlorosulfonylmethyl)phenyl]methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=C(CS(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 QXZCQTNPAAKLSZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical group [CH2]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAKBSHICSHRJCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SORGEQQSQGNZFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N [azido(phenoxy)phosphoryl]oxybenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OP(=O)(N=[N+]=[N-])OC1=CC=CC=C1 SORGEQQSQGNZFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetylcholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C OIPILFWXSMYKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004373 acetylcholine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000007930 alcohol dependence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003973 alkyl amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005431 alkyl carboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003178 anti-diabetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003276 anti-hypertensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002978 anti-vasoconstrictor Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003472 antidiabetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940053200 antiepileptics fatty acid derivative Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127088 antihypertensive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002376 aorta thoracic Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003121 arginine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004872 arterial blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003143 atherosclerotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001992 atrioventricular node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097320 beta blocking agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-D-galactosamine Natural products NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O MSWZFWKMSRAUBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003237 betaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003181 biological factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013060 biological fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002051 biphasic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006218 bradycardia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000036471 bradycardia Effects 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000378 calcium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052918 calcium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960003340 calcium silicate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012241 calcium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium;dioxido(oxo)silane Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-][Si]([O-])=O OYACROKNLOSFPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- NYVPYOCCTPDTKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbamic acid;isocyanic acid Chemical compound N=C=O.NC(O)=O NYVPYOCCTPDTKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013877 carbamide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 206010061592 cardiac fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004289 cerebral ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- MPVDXIMFBOLMNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1615565 Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2C=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C2=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 MPVDXIMFBOLMNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002668 chloroacetyl group Chemical group ClCC(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010668 complexation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940126208 compound 22 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000205 computational method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012050 conventional carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001923 cyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005724 cycloalkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexatrienamine Chemical group NC1=CC=C=C[CH]1 UKJLNMAFNRKWGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCFYULPTBZGIDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane-1,10-disulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCCCCCCCCS(Cl)(=O)=O SCFYULPTBZGIDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002999 depolarising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005265 dialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005432 dialkylcarboxamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005266 diarylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003205 diastolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000950 dibromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009699 differential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010643 digestive system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005594 diketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007862 dimeric product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940112141 dry powder inhaler Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001198 duodenum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003804 effect on potassium Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000099 effect on tachycardia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037024 effective refractory period Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002565 electrocardiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007831 electrophysiology Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002001 electrophysiology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001804 emulsifying effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- PJWPNDMDCLXCOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N encainide Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1CCC1N(C)CCCC1 PJWPNDMDCLXCOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001142 encainide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012055 enteric layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006911 enzymatic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UCGAKGBRJKSIRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;n-(oxomethylidene)hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON=C=O.CCOC(N)=O UCGAKGBRJKSIRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonylcarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NC(=O)OCC PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FKLFBQCQQYDUAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N fenpiclonil Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC(C=2C(=CNC=2)C#N)=C1Cl FKLFBQCQQYDUAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012054 flavored emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020375 flavoured syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000449 flecainide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940083124 ganglion-blocking antiadrenergic secondary and tertiary amines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000018685 gastrointestinal system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940014259 gelatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000291 glutamic acid group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002327 glycerophospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002339 glycosphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091005708 gustatory receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000869 headache Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002064 heart cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007686 hepatotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000304 hepatotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005241 heteroarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N hydrabamine Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)CC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC[C@@]1(C)CNCCNC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]2CCC3=CC(C(C)C)=CC=C3[C@@]2(C)CCC1 XGIHQYAWBCFNPY-AZOCGYLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000819 hypertonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021223 hypertonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036543 hypotension Effects 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003949 imides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010874 in vitro model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005462 in vivo assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NDDAHWYSQHTHNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N indapamide Chemical compound CC1CC2=CC=CC=C2N1NC(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C(S(N)(=O)=O)=C1 NDDAHWYSQHTHNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004569 indapamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002475 indoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007689 inspection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodine Chemical compound II PNDPGZBMCMUPRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 208000002551 irritable bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropylamine Chemical compound CC(C)N JJWLVOIRVHMVIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide monohydrate Substances [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940040692 lithium hydroxide monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003819 low-pressure liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003646 lysine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000003 magnesium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010534 mechanism of action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028161 membrane depolarization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229960003404 mexiletine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000897 modulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007479 molecular analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000329 molecular dynamics simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004001 molecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000324 molecular mechanic Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003551 muscarinic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002464 muscle smooth vascular Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006938 muscular dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000869 mutational effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000031225 myocardial ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001087 myotubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001421 myristyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- CZPRYVBLOUZRGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethylbutane-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CNCCCCNC CZPRYVBLOUZRGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDKQJOKKKZNQDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n'-dimethylhexane-1,6-diamine Chemical compound CNCCCCCCNC MDKQJOKKKZNQDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFVOWDNKAJMBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-(ethylamino)ethyl]-4-(methanesulfonamido)benzamide Chemical compound CCNCCNC(=O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 NFVOWDNKAJMBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBMZVLHSJCTVON-GFCCVEGCSA-N n-[4-[(1s)-1-hydroxy-2-(propan-2-ylamino)ethyl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CC(C)NC[C@@H](O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 ZBMZVLHSJCTVON-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDKRTSUCCBQUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[2-(methylamino)ethoxy]phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CNCCOC1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 KDKRTSUCCBQUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSZBIHITHNHHTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[2-(methylamino)ethyl]phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CNCCC1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 MSZBIHITHNHHTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSQWCMABKYFNIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-[2-[2-(4-aminophenyl)ethyl-methylamino]ethoxy]phenyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound C=1C=C(N)C=CC=1CCN(C)CCOC1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 RSQWCMABKYFNIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGJKPZMSVNOGIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-4-[4-(methanesulfonamido)phenyl]-4-oxobutanamide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(NS(C)(=O)=O)C=C1 SGJKPZMSVNOGIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUZZLNVABCISOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethylheptan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCNCC IUZZLNVABCISOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- PTPPVTUXJDJAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound CNCCC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 PTPPVTUXJDJAGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YUIYZUGZYBDVIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentylnonan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCNCCCCC YUIYZUGZYBDVIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LBTPIFQNEKOAIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-phenylmethanesulfonamide Chemical class CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=CC=C1 LBTPIFQNEKOAIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015238 neurotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNNWWQIOGWWEAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane-1,8-disulfonyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(=O)(=O)CCCCCCCCS(Cl)(=O)=O FNNWWQIOGWWEAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012053 oil suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000002482 oligosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000287 oocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000020629 overactive bladder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002866 paraformaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001991 pathophysiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000578 peripheral nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008104 phosphatidylethanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003905 phosphatidylinositols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036211 photosensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108010026466 polyproline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000003109 potassium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L potassium sodium L-tartrate Chemical compound [Na+].[K+].[O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O LJCNRYVRMXRIQR-OLXYHTOASA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940074439 potassium sodium tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001536 pro-arrhythmogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003152 propanolamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001696 purinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003212 purines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003370 receptor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036279 refractory period Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037803 restenosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000033764 rhythmic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005245 right atrium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000005241 right ventricle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012056 semi-solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019116 sleep disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020685 sleep-wake disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003195 sodium channel blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium cyanoborohydride Chemical compound [Na+].[B-]C#N BEOOHQFXGBMRKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011006 sodium potassium tartrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011343 solid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000392 somatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004686 stellate ganglion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012058 sterile packaged powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005156 substituted alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005717 substituted cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamide Chemical compound NS(N)(=O)=O NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940066769 systemic antihistamines substituted alkylamines Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UIZPEXQHMIZQPQ-IBGZPJMESA-N terikalant Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1C1CCN(CC[C@@H]2C3=CC=CC=C3OCC2)CC1 UIZPEXQHMIZQPQ-IBGZPJMESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004559 theobromine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N thromboxane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[C@H]1OCCC[C@@H]1CCCCCCC RZWIIPASKMUIAC-VQTJNVASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002872 tocainide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032895 transmembrane transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005270 trialkylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005259 triarylamine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tripropylamine Chemical compound CCCN(CCC)CCC YFTHZRPMJXBUME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris(2-aminoethyl)amine Chemical compound NCCN(CCN)CCN MBYLVOKEDDQJDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000035408 type 1 diabetes mellitus 1 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003672 ureas Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002204 vagotonic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000025033 vasoconstriction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001196 vasorelaxation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002424 x-ray crystallography Methods 0.000 description 1
Landscapes
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
Description
NOVEL POTASSIUM CHANNEL DRUGS AND THEIR USES
This application claims priority to U.S. Applications Serial Nos. 60/088,465, filed June 8, 1998; 60/093,068, filed July 16, 1998; and 60/113,864, filed December 24, 1998, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Field of the I .
This invention relates to novel multibinding compounds that bind to potassium (K") channels and modulate their activity. The compounds of this invention comprise 2-10 K* channel ligands covalently connected by a linker or linkers, wherein the ligands in their monovalent (i.e., unlinked) state bind to one or more types of K* channel. The manner of linking the ligands together is such that the multibinding agents thus formed demonstrate an increased biologic and/or therapeutic effect as compared to the same number of unlinked ligands made available for binding to the K* channel. The invention also relates to methods of using such compounds and to methods of preparing them.
The compounds of this invention are particularly useful for treating diseases and conditions of mammals that are mediated by K* channels. Accordingly, this invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and an effective amount of a compound of this invention.
The following publications are cited in this application as superscript numbers:
'Abdollah, H., et al., “Antiarrhythmic Effect of Chronic Oral Amiodarone Treatment in Dogs with Myocardial Infarction and Reproducibly Inducible Sustained Ventricular
Arrhythmias”, J. Cardio. Pharm., 15:799-807 (1990). *Adaniya, H., et al., “Effects of a Novel Class ITT Antiarrhythmic Agent, E4031, on
Reentrant Tachycardias in Rabbit Right Atrium”, J. Cardio. Pharm., 15:976-982 (1990). *Aldrich, R.W., “New channel subunits are a tum-off ”, Current Biol. 4(9):835-840 (1994). *Argentieri, T.M., et al., “Effects of Endothelin-1 on Plateau Currents in Isolated
Feline Ventricular Myocytes”, (1993). ’Azimilide, The Investigational Drugs Database, Drug Report, 1998 Current Drugs
Ltd., 7 pages. “Balser, J.R., et al., “Suppression of Time-Dependent Outward Current in Guinea Pig
Ventricular Myocytes - Actions of Quinidine and Amiodarone”, Circ. Res., 69(2):519-529 (Aug. 1991). "Black, S.C, et al., “Antifibrillatory and Antiarrhythmic Effects of the Potassium
Channel Modulator NE-10064" (1993). ‘Brooks, R.R., ct al., “Broad Sensitivity of Rodent Arthythmia Models to Class I, II,
IIT, and IV Antiarrhythmic Agents (42909)”, P.S.E.B.M., 191:201-209 (1989). ’Brooks, R.R,, et al., “Efficacy of a Novel Class ITI Antiarrhythmic Agent NE-10064
Against Ischemia/Reperfusion Arrhythmias in Rats”, Cardiac Electrophys. Arrythmia II ~ (557), p.A97 (1993).
oo WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777 “Brown, AM., “Cardiac Potassium Channels in Health and Disease”, Trends Cardio.
Med., 7(4):118-124 (1997). "Buchanan, L.V., et al., “Antiarrhythmic Effects of Artilide, a New Class IIT Agent, in 24 Hour Canine Myocardial Infarction”, Cardiac Electrophys. Arrythmia II (616), p.A107 (1993). : : “Busch, A.E., et al., “A Slowly-Activating Potassium Current I, is the Target for the
Class IIT Antiarrhythmic Drug NE-10064", 66th Scientific Sessions (1-231), page 1233 (1993).
Carmeliet, E., “Use-dependent block of the delayed K* current in rabbit ventricular myocytes”, Cardio. Drugs Ther., 7(3):599-604 (Aug. 1993). “Chay, T.R., “Modeling in physiology - Proarrhythmic and antiarrhythmic actions of ion channel blockers on arrhythmias in the heart: model study”, Effects of Antiarrhythmia
Drugs by Model Studies, H329-H356 (1996).
YDaniel, S., et al., “Screening for potassium channel modulators by a high through- put-86-rubidium efflux assay in a 96-well microtiter plate”, J, Pharm. Methods, 25(3):185- 193 (May 1991). ¥Daut, J., “Perspectives in Physiology - Coming closer: structure and function of calcium-activated K* channels in coronary arteries”, J. Physiol., 502.3:469 (1997). 2s "Davies, M.P., et al, “Dual actions of the novel class III antiarrhythmic drug NE- 10064 on deizyed potassium channel currents in guinea pig ventricular and sinoatrial node cells”, J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 276(3):1149-1154 (March 1996).
"Deal, K.X,, et al., “Molecular Physiology of Cardiac Potassium Channels”, Physiol.
Rev., 76(1):49-67 (Jan. 1996). “Dofetilide, The Investigational Drugs Database, Drug Report, 1998 Current Drugs
Ltd., 7 pages. “Doggrell, S.A., et al., "Effects of Potassium Channel Blockers on the Action
Potentials and Contractility of the Rat Right Ventricle*, Gen. Pharm., 27(2):379-385 (1996). "Doyle, D.A., et al., “The Structure of the Potassium Channel: Molecular Basis of K*
Conduction and Selectivity”, Science, 280:69-77 (April 1988). “Drexler, A.P., et al., “Effects of Intravenously Administered NE-10064 on ‘Programmed Electrical Stimulation(PES)-Induced Ventricular Arrhythmias in Anesthetized
Infarcted Dogs”, Cardiac Electrophys. Arrythmia IT (558), p.A97 (1993). “Duff, H.J,, et al., “High- and low-affinity sites for [3H] dofetilide binding to guinea pig myocytes”, Circ. Res., TI(4):718-725 (Oct. 1995). " ™E-4031, The Investigational Drugs Database, Drug Report, 1998 Current Drugs
Lid. 7 pages.
Feng, J., et al., “Effects of class III antiarrhythmic drugs on transient outward and ultra-rapid delayed rectifier currents in human atrial myocytes”, J, Pharm. Exp. Ther., 281(1):384-392 (April 1997). *Fish, F.A., et al., “Suppression of Repolarization-Related Arrhythmias in vitro and in ~ vivo by Low-Dose Potassium Channel Activators”, Circ. 82(4):1362-1369 (Oct. 1990).
AGjini, V., et al., “Differential class III antiarrhythmic effects of ambasilide and dofetilide at different extracellular potassium and pacing frequencies”, J. Cardio. Pharm., 28(2):314-320 (Aug. 1996).
AGrissmer, S., “Potassium channels still hot”, Meeting Report, Int'l. Potassium
Channel Conf,, Ulm, Germany (July 1997), 4 pages.
BGwilt, M., et al., “UK-68,798: A Novel, Potent and Highly Selective Class III
Antiarrhythmic Agent Which Blocks Potassium Channels in Cardiac Cells”, J. Pharm. Exp.
Ther, 256(1):318-324 (1991). *Hancox, J.C., et al., “Ion channel and exchange currents in single myocytes isolated from the rabbit atrioventricular node”, Can. J. Cardiol., 13(12):1175-1182 (Dec. 1997).
Hara, M., et al., “Effects on gonadal steroids on ventricular repolarization and on the response to E4031", J. Pharm. Exp. Ther., 285(3):1068-1072 (June 1998).
Heath, B.M.,, et al., “Separation of the components of the delayed rectifier potassium current using selective blockers of IKr and IKs in guinea-pig isolated ventricular myocytes”,
Exp. Physiol, 81(4):587-603 (July 1996).
Heath, BM, et al., “The deactivation kinetics of the delayed rectifier components
IKr and IKs in guinea-pig isolated ventricular myocytes”, Exp. Physiol., 81(4):605-621 (July 1996).
Hu, W., et al, “Depolarization-Induced *Rb* Efflux in CHO Cells Expressing a
Recombinant Potassiom Chennel™, J. Pharm. Taxicol. Methods, 34(1):1-7 (Sept. 1995). iN
*Jafari-Fesharaki, M., et al., “Adverse Effects of Amiodarone”, PACE, 21(Pt. 1):108- 120 (Jan. 1998). %Kodama, I, et al., “Cellular electropharmacology of amiodarone”, Cardio. Res, 35:13-29 (1997). “Koidl, B., et al, “Effects of the class IIT antiarrhythmic drug ambasilide on outward currents in human atrial myocytes”, Nauyn Schmiedebergs Arch. Pharm., 353(2):226-232 (Jan. 1996). **Kowey, P.R., “Pharmacologic and Pharmacokinetic Profile of Class III
Antiarrhythmic Drugs”, Amn. J. Cardiol, 80(8A):16G-23G (Oct. 1997).
PKreeger, R.W., et al., “New Antiarrhythmic Drugs: Tocainide, Mexiletine,
Flecainide, Encainide, and Amiodarone”, Mayo. Clin. Proc., 62:1033-1050 (Nov. 1987). “Liu, S., et al., “Models of potassium channel inactivation: Implications for open channel block”, Can. J. Cardiol., 14(1):101-107 (Jan. 1998). “‘MacNeil, D.J., “The Side Effect Profile of Class IIT Antiarrhythmic Drugs: Focus on d l-Sotalol”, Amn. J Cardiol., 830(8A):90G-98G (Oct. 1997). : “Nair, L.A, et al., “Emerging Class IIl Antiarrhythmic Agents: Mechanism of Action and Proarthythmic Potential”, Cardio. Drugs Ther., 11:149-167 (1997). “Okada, Y., etal., “Assessment of reverse use-dependent blocking actions of class III antiarrhythmic drugs by 24-hour Holter electrocardiography”, J. Amn. Coll. Cardiol., 27(1):84-89 (Jan. 1996). »
“Pongs, O., “Structural basis of voltage-gated K* channel pharmacology”, TiPS, 13:359-365 (Sept. 1992). “Rees, S., et al, “Which Cardiac Potassium Channel Subtype is the Preferable Target for Suppression of Ventricular Arthythmias?”, Pharm. Ther., 69(3):199-217 (1996). : “Reiffel, J.A., “Impact of structural heart disease on the selection of class IIT antiarrhythmics for the prevention of atrial fibrillation and flutter”, Amn. Heart J., 135(4):551-556 (April 1998). “Roden, D.M., “Early after-depolarizations and torsade de pointes: implications for the control of cardiac arrhythmias by prolonging repolarization”, Euro. Heart J., 14(H):56-61 (1993). “Roden, D.M,, et al., “Structure and function of cardiac sodium and potassium channels”, Amn. J. Physiol. 273 (Heart Circ. Physiol. 42):H511-H525 (1997). “Rosen, M.R., et al., “The Sicilian Gambit - A New Approach to the Classification of
Antiarrhythmic Drugs Based on Their Actions on Arrhythmongenic Mechanisms”, Circ, - 84(4):1831-1851 (Oct. 1991). ~ ®Rosen, MR., “Antiarrhythmic Drugs: Rethinking Targets, Development Strategies, and Evaluation Tools”, Amn. J. Cardiol, 81:(6A):21D-23D (March 1998).
SiSchreieck, J., et al., “Differential effect of beta-adrenergic stimmiation on the frequency-dependent electrophysiologic actions of the new class III antiarryhthmics dofetilide, ambasilide, and chromanol 293B”, J. Cardio. Electrophys., 8(12):1420-1430 (Dec. 1997).
$2Schwartz, P.J., “Do Animal Models Have Clinical Value?’ Amn. J. Cardiol. , 81(6A):14D-20D (March 1998). oo #Selnick, H.G., et al., “Class Il Antiarrhythmic Activity in vivo by Selective
Blockade of the Slowly Activating Cardiac Delayed Rectifier Potassium Current L, by (R)-2- (2,4-Trifluoromethyl)-N-[2-0x0-5-phenyl-1-(2,2 2-trifluoroethyl)-2,3-dihydro- 1H- benzofe]{1,4]diazepin-3-yljacetamide”, J. Med. Chem., 40(24):3865-3868 (1997). “Sheldon, R.S., et al., “Amiodarone: Biochemical Evidence for Binding © a
Receptor for Class 1 Drugs Associated With the Rat Cardiac Sodium Channel”, Circ. Res., 65(2):477-482 (Aug. 1989).
Singh, B.N., et al, “Antiarrhythmic Actions of Compounds That Prolong the Action-
Potential Duration of Cardiac Muscle, Including Bretylium and Amiodarone”, Clin. Pharm.
Antiarrhythmic Ther., pp.105-126 (1984). %Singh, BN., “Controlling Cardiac Arrhythmias by Lengthening Repolarization:
Historial Overview”, Amn. J. Cardiol., 72:18F-24F (Nov. 1993). | $Sosunov, E.A., et al., “Chronic in vivo and in vitro Effects of Amiodarone on Guinea
Pig Hearts”, J. Pharm. Exper. Ther., 278(2):906-912 (1996). *Sosunov, E.A., et al., “Effects of quinidine on repolarization in canine epicardium, ~~ midmyocardium, and endocardium: I. In vitro study”, Circ., 96(11):4011-4018 (Dec. 1997).
Stramba-Badiale, M., et al., “Effects of the potassium channel blocking agent ambasilide on ventricular arrhythmias induced by acute myocardial ischemia and sympathetic activation”, Amn. Heart J., 129(3):549-556 (March 1995).
“Sun, X.D., et al., “Inhibition of potassium currents by the antiarrhythmic drug E4031 in rat taste receptor cells”, Neurosci. Lett., 204(3):149-152 (Feb. 1996). ‘Swanton, H., “Amiodarone”, Brit. J. Hosp. Med., 58(7):329-332 (1997). ©Takanaka, C., et al., “’Electrophysiologic effects of ambasilide (LU 47110), anovel class III antiarrhythmic agent, on the properties of isolated rabbit and canine cardiac muscle”,
J. Cardio. Pharm., 19(2):290-298 (Feb. 1992). : “Tatla, D.S,, et al, “In vitro Electrophysiology of NE-10064, A Novel and Highly
Selective Class III Antiarrhythmic Agent”, Cardiac Electrophys. Arrythmia II (615), p.A107 (1993). *Toral, J., et al., “Use of Cultured Human Neuroblastoma Cells in Rapid Discovery of the Voltage-gated Potassium-channel Blockers”, .J. Pharm. Pharmacol. , 46:731-734 (1994). “Trumbore, M., et al., “Structure and Location of Amiodarone in a Membrane Bilayer as Determined by Molecular Mechanics and Quantitative X-Ray Diffraction”, Biophys. J., 54:535-543 (Sept. 1988). “Turgeon, J, et al, “Block of I, the Slow Component of the Delayed Rectifier K*
Curent, by the Diuretic Agent Indapamide in Guinea Pig Myocytes”, Circ. Res., 75(5):879- 886 (Nov. 1994), “Van Gelder, LC., et al, “Current Treatment Recommendations in Antiarrirythmic
Therapy”, Drugs, 56(3):331-346 (March 1998).
“Wang, J., et al., “Class II Antiarrhythmic Drug Action in Experimental Atrial
Fibrillation - Differences in Reverse Use Dependence and Effectiveness Between d-Sotalol and the New Antiarrhythmic Drug Ambasilide™, Circ., 90(4):2032-2040 (Oct. 1994). “Weyerbrock, S., et al., “Rate-independent effects of the new class II antiarthythmic. agent ambasilide on transmembrane action potentials in human ventricular endomyocardium”, J. Cardio. Pharm., 30(5):571-575 (Nov. 1997).
Wilde, ALAM, et al., “Ion Channels, the QT Interval, and Arrhythmias”, PACE, 20(Pt. I1):2048-2051 (Aug. 1997). "Zhang, Z H., et al., “Effect of ambasilide, a new class III agent, on plateau currents in isolated guinea pig ventricular myocytes: block of delayed outward potassium current”, J,
Pharm. Exp. Ther., 263(1):40-48 (Oct. 1992). "Grace, et al., NEJM, 338(1):35 (1998). "Cross, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,079,248 (1992). "Cross, et al, U.S. Patent No, 4,959,366 (1990).
D’ Alonzo, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,679,706 (1997).
MSanguinetti, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,597,818.
Sanguinetti, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,428,031. "European Patent 0 164 865 Bl.
"European Patent 0 471 609 Bl. “International Patent WO93/04061. *! Armstrong, C.M., “A Closer Picture of the K Channel Gate from Ion Trapping
Experiments”, J. Gen. Physiol., 109:523-524 (May 1997). oo “Armstrong, C., “The Vision of the Pore”; Science, 280:56-57 (April 1998). ®Astoin, J., et al., “Effet d’un substimant mésityle en 2 sur les propriétés pharmacologiques d’aroyl-3 benzofurannes®, Eur. J. Med. Chem., 14(6):517-522 (Nov.-
Dec. 1979) (French). “Busch, A.E., et al., “The Novel Class II Antiarrhythmics NE-10064 and NE- 10133 Inhibit Ix Channels Expressed in Xenopus Oocytes and L in Guinea Pig Cardiac
Myocytes”, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 202(1):265-270 (July 1994). “Butera, J.A., et al., “Synthesis and Selective Class Ill Antiarrhythmic Activity of
Novel N-Heteroaralkyl-Substited 1-(Aryloxy)-2-propanolamine and Related Propylamine
Derivatives”, J. Med. Chem. , 34:3212-3228 (1991). %Camm, A.J., et al., "The Azimilide Post-Infarct Survival Evaluation (ALIVE)
Trial”, Am. J. Cardiol., 81(6A):35D-39D (March 1998).
Chadwick, C.C., et al., “Evidence for muitiple antiarrhythmic binding sites on the cardiac rapidly activating delayed rectifier K+ channel”, Drug Dev. Res., 34(4):376-380 (1995).
*Choi, K.L., et al., “The Internal Quaternary Ammonium Receptor Site of Shaker
Potassium Channels”, Neuron, 10:533-541 (March 1993). ~ ®Colatsky, T.J., et al., “Channel Specificity in Antiarrhythmic Drug Action.
Mechanism of Potassium Channel Block and Its Role in Suppressing and Aggravating
Cardiac Arrhythmias”, Circ., 82(6):2235-2242 (Dec. 1990).
Cross, P.E., et al., “Selective Class Il Antiarrhythmic Agents. 1.
Bis(arylalkyl)amines®, J. Med. Chem., 33(4):1151-1155 (1990). 'Ellingboe, J.W., et al., “Class III Antiarrhythmic Activity of Novel Substituted 4- [Methylsulfonyl)aminoJbenzamides and Sulfonamides, J. Med. Chem., 35(4):705-716 (1992). *Garrison, G.L., et al., “Novel 3,7-Diheterabicyclo[3.3.1}nonanes That Possess
Predominant Class III Antiarrhythmic Activity in 1-4 Day Post Infarction Dog Models: X- ray Diffraction Analysis of 3-[4-(1H-Imidazol-1-yl)benzoyl]-7-isopropyl-3,7- diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Dihydroperchlorate”, J. Med. Chem., 39(13):2559-2570 (1996). "Gintant, G.A., *Azimilide Causes Reverse Rate-Dependent Block While Reducing
Both Components of Delayed-Rectifier Current in Canine Ventricular Myocytes”, J.
Cardio. Pharm. , 31(6):945-953 (1998).
MGrace, A.A., et al., “Drug Therapy — Quinidine”, New Eng. J. Med., 338(1):35- 45 (Jan. 1998). *Gubin, J., et al., “Recherches dans la série des benzofurannes LIV. —~ Alkyl-2 _ (aminoalkyloxy-4 dialkyl-3,5 benzoyl)-3 benzofurannes et alkyl-2 (aminoalkyloxy-4 benzoyl)-3 benzofurannes, antiangineux potentiels®, Eur. J. Med. Chem., 9(1):19-25 (Jan.-
Feb. 1974). *Hondeghem, L.M., etal, “Class III Antiarrhythmic Agents Have a Lot of
Potential but a Long Way to Go. Reduced Effectiveness and Dangers of Reverse Use
Dependence”, Circ., 81(2): 686-690 (Feb. 1990). : "Inion, H., et al., “Recherche dans la série des indoles IV. Alkyl-2 ou aryl-2 (aminoaicoxy-4 benzoyl)-3 indoles, recherche de potentialités antiangineuses et antiinflammatoires®, Eur. J. Med. Chem. 12(5):483-487 (Sept.-Oct. 1977) (French). ®Jan, L.Y., et al., “A superfamily of ion channels”, Nature, 345:672 (June 1990). #Jurkiewicz, N.K., et al., “Rate-Dependent Prolongation of Cardiac Action
Potentials by a Methanesulfonanilide Class IIT Antiarrhythmic Agent. Specific Block of
Rapidly Activating Delayed Rectifier K* Current by Dofetilide®, Circ. Res., 72(1):75-83 (Jan. 1993).
WKaram, R., et al., *Azimilide Dihydrochloride, a Novel Antiarrhythmic Agent”,
Am. J. Cardiol., 81(6A):40D46D (March 1998). 91 is, R., et al., "Synthesis of Novel (Aryloxy)propanolamines and Related
Compounds Possessing Both Class II and Class III Antiarrhythmic Activity”, J. Med.
Chem. , 33(10):2883-2891 (1990). 25 . 2] xan, W.C., Jr., et al., "Rational Design of 4-[(Methylsulfonyl)aminoJbenza- mides as Class III Antiarrhythmic Agents”, J. Med. Chem. , 38(5):755-758 (May 1987).
® ynch, 1.1., Jr., et al., “Comparison of binding to rapidly activating delayed rectifier K+ channel, IKr, and effects on myocardial refractoriness for class III antiarrhythmic agents”, J. Cardio. Pharm., 25(2):336-340-(1995). ‘MacKinnon, R., et al., “Structural Conservation in Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic
Potassium Channels”, Science, 280:106-109 (April 1998).
Mason, J.W., “Drug Therapy — Amiodarone”, New Eng. J. Med. , 316(8):455- 466 (Feb. 1987). “Morgan, T.X., Jr., et al., “Synthesis and Pharmacological Studies of N-[4-[2-
Hydroxy-3-[[2-[4-(1 H-imidazol-1-yl)phenoxy]ethyl]amino}propoxy]phenyljmethanesulfon- amide, a Novel Antiarrhythmic Agent with Class II and Class III Activities”, J. Med.
Chem. , 33(4):1087-1090 (1990). “Morgan, T.K., Jr., et al., “Synthesis and Cardiac Electrophysiological Activity of
N-Substituted-4-(1 H-imidazol-1-yl)benzamides — New Selective Class III Agents”, J. Med.
Chem. , 33(4):1091-1099 (1990). "%Nattel, S., et al., “Effects of the novel antiarrhythmic agent azimilide on experimental atrial fibrillation and atrial electrophysiologic properties”, Cardio. Res., 37:627-635 (1998). ®Oinuma, H., et al., *4’-[(4-Piperidyl)carbonyljmethanesulfonanilides as Potent,
Selective, Bioavailable Class III Antiarrhythmic Agents”, J. Med. Chem., 3 pages. "Perozo, E., et al., “Three-dimensional architecture and gating mechanism of a K* channel studied by EPR spectroscopy”, Nat. ‘Struct. Biol., 5(6):459-469 (June 1998).
"Roden, D.M., “Ibutilide and the Treatment of Atrial Arrhythmias. A New Drug : — Almost Unheralded — Is Now Available to U.S. Physicians", Circ., 94(7):1499-1502 (Oct. 1996). : 12Seknick, H.G., et al., “Class III Antiarrhythmic Activity in Vivo by Selective
Blockade of the Slowly Activating Cardiac Delayed Rectifier Potassium Current Ek, by R)- 2-(2,4-Triftuoromethyl)-N-[2-0x0-5-phenyl-1-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)-2 ,3-dihydro-1H- benzofe](1,4]diazepin-3-yllacetamide”, J. Med. Chem. , 40(24):3865-3868 (1997). *“Shieh, C-C., et al., "Mutational Analysis of Ion Conduction and Drug Binding
Sites in the Inner Mouth of Voltage-Gated K* Channels”, Biophys. J., 67:2316-2325 (Dec. 1994). "Shin, Y-K., “K* channel gating mechanism proposed using EPR”, Naz. Struct.
Biol., 5(6):418-420 (June 1998). : ‘“Smyders, D.J., et al., “Determinants of Antiarrhythmic Drug Action.
Electrostatic and Hydrophobic Components of Block of the Human Cardiac hKv1.5
Channel”, Circ. Res., 77(3):575-583 (Sept. 1995). 20 .
Snyders, D.I., et al., "Time-, Voltage-, and State-Dependent Block by Quinidine of a Cloned Human Cardiac Potassium Channel”, Molec. Pharm. , 41:322-330. "Yang, T., et al., “Extracellular Potassium Modulation of Drug Block of I.
Implications for Torsade de Pointes and Reverse Use-Dependence”, Circ. , 93(3):407-411 (Feb. 1996).
8¥eola, S.W., et al., “Molecular Analysis of a Binding Site for Quinidine in a
Human Cardiac Delayed Rectifier K* Channel. Role of S6 in Antiarrhythmic Drug
Binding”, Circ. Res., 78(6):1105-1114 (June 1996). "Colatsky, T.J., “Antiarrhythmic Drug Binding Sites in Cardiac K* Channels”,
Circ. Res., 78(6):1115-1116 (June 1996). "Holmgren, M., et al., “Trapping of Organic Blockers by Closing of Voltage- dependent K* Channels. Evidence for a Trap Door Mechanism of Activation Gating”, J.
Gen. Physiol., 109:527-535 (May 1997). “Yellen, G., “Premonitions of ion channel gating”, Nat. Struct. Biol., 5(6):421 (June 1998).
The disclosure of each of the above publications is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety to the same extent as if each individual publication was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Voltage-regulated potassium channels mediate the flux of K* out of cells in response to changes in membrane potential. Voltage-gated K* channels in the open state typically transition to an inactivated state, and must reacquire the ability to respond to an external stimulus during a recovery period. An inward rectifying voltage-regulated potassium channel in cardiac muscle is also activated by acetylcholine (i.e., it is gated by more than one type of stimulus).!* A calcium-activated K* channel has been described. Potassium channels serve a variety of important cellular functions, including excitability, setting and maintaining the resting potential, repolarizing action potentials, transmembrane transport, volume regulation, : signal transduction, and so on.?® They are implicated in a variety of pathophysiological "disorders, including hypertension, cardiac arthythmogenesis, insulin-dependent diabetes, non-
insulin dependent diabetes mellitus, diabetic neuropathy, seizures, tachycardia, ischemic heart disease, cardiac failure, angina, myocardial infarction, transplant rejection, autoimmune disease, sickle cell anemis, muscular dystrophy, gastrointestinal disease, mental disorder, sleep disorder, anxiety disorder, neurosis, alcoholism, inflammation, cerebrovascular ischemia, CNS diseases, epilepsy, Parkinson's disease, asthma, incontinence, urinary dysfunction , micturition disorder, irritable bowel syndrome, restenosis, subarachnoid hemorrhage, Alzheimers disease, and they mediate the transmission of pain impulses by peripheral nerves.
Figure 1 illustrates in cross-sectional view the transmembrane domain/subunit organization of various transporter molecules, as it is presently understood by those working in the field of transport physiology. It should be understood that, for purposes of simplification, other subunits that may be involved in or required for transporter activity have been omitted from the diagram.
Referring to Figure 1, voltage-gated ion channels and related proteins are tetrameric structures formed by the noncovalent association of individual subunits (1),(2), or by the interaction of homologous domains of 2 monomeric protein (3). The channels differ as well in the number of transmembrane segments per subunit or per domain. Inward-rectifier type
K* channels and P,, purinergic chamnels have two transmembrane-segments in each subunit,
Shaker-type K* channels have six transmembrane segments per subunit and Na* and Ca™ channels have six transmembrane segments per domain. Neurotransmitter-gated ion channels such as those shown in (4) are organized as pentamers, with each of the subunits having four transmembrane segments/domains. The activation gate for potassium channels has not been identified, although a trap door mechanism has been proposed. 342
Potassium channels are structurally similar to, but smaller and simpler than, sodium : and calcium ion channels,” with the K* channel tetrameric structure being formed by four polypeptides’ However, potassium channels represent a diverse class of ion channels. !*
Homotetramers can form, but there is evidence that heterotetramers may be functionally relevant in vivo." The x-ray structure of a bacterial K* channel (which is homologous to ‘mammalian K* channels) has been disclosed?! A prokaryotic K* channel was found to have the same structure as a eukaryotic K* channel.'™ The channel has an inverted teepee structure with a large hydrophobic cavity. The cavity (104) is centered in the channel on the cytoplasmic side, and appears to get larger upon channel opening >-2110.114 Voltage- dependent cardiac potassium channel genes have been cloned as cDNAs, {113.116 Variability in the potassium channel genes may relate to disease conditions, #4%5%™
Drug binding sites for tetracthylammonium, quinidine and 4-aminopyridine are found in the inner vestibule of the K* channel, and the amino acid side chains involved are localized in the S6 helix. Binding studies using mutagenesis show similarity to local anesthetic LA) binding to sodium channels, although sodium channel inhibitors bind more deeply in the cavity.
There appear to be two types of potassium channel inactivation, N-type and C-type, which can occur simultaneously in Shaker potassium channels. Both are partially coupled to activation and are usually voltage insensitive once activation is complete. N-type inactivation in Shaker B channels depends on a group of amino acids at the N-terminal that bind to the activated channel] and occlude the intracellular mouth of the channel. No sequence similarity has been found among the N-termini of the N-type inactivating channels. N-type inactivation is voltage insensitive at positive potentials and competes with drug binding at the intracellular face of the channel. C-type inactivation, which is less understood, occurs by occlusion of the external mouth of the channel during sustained depolarization. C-type inactivation is voltage insensitive at potentials where activation is complete, but recovery from C-type inactivation is voltage sensitive. Both C- and N-type inactivation are coupled or partially coupled to activation, and both require similar degrees of activation to proceed.”
Not surprisingly, potassium channels are recognized as important targets for drug therapy. For example, potassium channels are targeted by certain antidiabetic, antihypertensive and antiarryhthmic drugs.
Potassium channel antagonists are used for treatment of arrhythmia Antiarrhythmic agents are classified into four classes under the Vaughan Williams classification scheme:
Class I (sodium channel blockers); Class II (beta-blockers); Class III (potassium channel blockers); and Class IV (calcium channel blockers). As shown in Table 1, an antiarrhythmic agent may have activity in several channels and/or with several receptors ®*>'* Newer drugs are more selective to specific K* channels, as shown in Table 2. Properties of some known
K* channel blockers are given in Table 3. Table 5 sets forth the principal K* currents and some drugs that block them.* The majority of drugs in development are I, blockers 7112
Some agents appear to be cationic open-channel blockers.!!518119
Combination therapy with two separate agents, e.g., a potassium channel opener with little or no effect on cardiac action potential and a Class III antiarrhythmic compound has been disclosed.”
The clinical shortcomings of drugs in current usage are considerable. Their most - common adverse side effects include headache, hypotension, nansea, vomiting, dizziness, and the like. Other side effects may include photo sensitivity, corneal microdeposits, neuropathy, fatigue, 352415681 preymonitis, hepatotoxicity, proarrhythmic effects, * thyroid abnormalities and bradycardia. Reverse use dependence, which may lead to torsades de pointes (an induced * amthythmia), is a major problem of most or all known Class III agents. 796117 Further, there may be no survival benefit associated with the use of these agents. With few exceptions, the currently used drugs have a short duration of action and must be administered frequently for sustained effects.
Co -19-
Thus, there continues to exist a need for novel compounds with greater tissue selectivity, increased efficacy, reduced side effects and a more favorable duration of action,
This invention is directed to novel multibinding compounds that bind to K* channels in mammalian tissues and can be used to treat diseases and conditions mediated by such channels.
This invention is also directed to general synthetic methods for generating large libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels. The diverse multimeric compound libraries provided by this invention are synthesized by combining a linker or linkers with a ligand or ligands to provide for a library of multimeric compounds wherein the linker and ligand each have complementary functional groups permitting covalent linkage. The library of linkers is preferably selected to have diverse properties such as valency, linker length, linker geometry and rigidity, hydrophilicity or hydrophobicity, amphiphilicity, acidity, basicity and polarization. The library of ligands is preferably selected to have diverse attachment points on the same ligand, different functional groups at the same site of otherwise the same ligand, and the like.
This invention is also directed to libraries of diverse multimeric compounds which multimeric compounds are candidates for possessing multibinding properties. These libraries are prepared via the methods described above and permit the rapid and efficient . 25 evaluation of what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a ligand or a class of ligands targeting a potassium channel.
Accordingly, in one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a © multibinding compound and salts thereof comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel.
The muitibinding compounds of this invention are preferably represented by Formula
L
LX, I where each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and g is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein cach of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel. Preferably g is less than p.
Preferably, the binding of the muitibinding compound to a K* channel or channels in a mammal modulates diseases and conditions mediated by the K* channel or channels.
In another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more multibinding compounds (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said : ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding toa K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions, thereby modulating the diseases or conditions.
In still another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to 2 pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more multibinding compounds represented by
Formmia I: om, : or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, where each L is a ligand that may be the same or « different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and g is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions, thereby modulating the diseases or conditions.
Preferably gq is less than p.
In one of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for modulating the activity of a K” charme] in a biologic tissue, which method comprises contacting a tissue having a K* channel with a multibinding compound (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) under conditions sufficient to produce a change in the activity of the channel! in said tissue, wherein the multibinding compound comprises 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel.
In another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K* channel, which method comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and one or more multibinding compounds (or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof) comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to 2 K” channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions.
In yet another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K" channel, which method comprises administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of 2 : pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and one or more multibinding compounds represented by Formula I: . L)C0, I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, where each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and g is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions. Preferably q is less than p.
In a further aspect, this invention provides processes for preparing the multibinding agents of Formula I. This can be accomplished by combining p appropriately functionalized ligands with g complementary functionalized linkers under conditions where covalent bond formulation between the ligands and linkers occurs; alternatively, linking portions of p appropriately functionalized ligands to ¢ complementary functionalized linkers and then completing the synthesis of the ligands in a subsequent step may be performed to prepare these compounds. Another method which may be used involves linking p appropriately functionalized ligands to portions of the linker(s) and then completing the synthesis of the linker(s) in a subsequent step. Coupling one or more of an appropriately functionalized ligand to a complementary functionalized linker, and subsequently coupling one or more additional ligands to said linker or linkers may be done to prepare the claimed compounds.
Coupling as above wherein coupling of different appropriately functionalized linkers occurs stmulataneously may also be used.
In one of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing mmitibinding properties for potassium channels, which method comprises: ~ (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least onc reactive functionality; : ® identifying a library of linkers wherein cach linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand;
(© preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) With the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and @ assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
In another of its method aspects, this invention is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels, which method comprises: (a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; ®) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; © preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and @ assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
The preparation of the multimeric ligand compound library is achieved by either the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b). Sequential addition is preferred when a mixture of different ligands is employed to ensure heterodimeric or multimeric compounds are prepared. Concurrent addition of the ligands occurs when at least a portion of the multimer comounds prepared are homommltimeric compounds.
The assay protecols recited in (d) can be conducted on the multimeric ligand compound library produced in (c) above, or preferably, each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS).
In one of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess nmitivalent properties for potassium channels, which library is prepared by the method comprising: (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and (©) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (2) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
In another of its composition aspects, this invention is directed to a library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent properties for potassium channels, which library is prepared by the method comprising: (@) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; () identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at
Jeast two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive } functional groups of the ligand; and
(c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
In a preferred embodiment, the library of linkers employed in either the methods or the library aspects of this invention is selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and amphiphilic linkers. For example, in one embodiment, each of the linkers in the linker library may comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementary reactive groups. Such linker lengths can preferably range from about 2 to 100A.
In another preferred embodiment, the potassium channel ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands in order to provide for a range of orientations of said ligand on said multimeric ligand compounds.
Such reactive functionality includes, by way of example, carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, and precursors thereof. It is understood, of course, that the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
In other embodiments, the multimeric ligand compound is homomeric (i.c., each of the ligands is the same, although it may be attached at different points) or heterodimeric @i.e., at least one of the ligands is different from the other ligands).
In addition to the combinatorial methods described herein, this invention provides for an iterative process for rationally evaluating what molecular constraints impart multibinding properties to a class of multimeric compounds or ligands targeting a receptor.
Specifically, this method aspect is directed to a method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels which method comprises: (a) preparing a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which target a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand wherein said contacting is conducted under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; (®) assaying said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which if any of said mmitimeric compounds possess multibinding properties; (©) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until at least one multimeric compound is found to possess multibinding properties; (d) evaluating what molecular constraints imparted multibinding properties to the mmitimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (2)- (c) above; (© creating a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which elaborates upon the particular molecular constraints imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in said first iteration; ® evaluating what molecular constraints imparted enhanced muitibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (¢) above; (2) optionally repeating sieps (¢) and (f) to further eiaborate upon said molecular
‘Preferably, steps (¢) and (f) are repeated at least two times, more preferably at from 2-50 times, even more preferably from 3 to 50 times, and still more preferably at least 5-50 times.
Figure 1 is a highly schematic illustration of the transmembrane organization of various cell membrane transporters.
Figure 2 illustrates a method for optimizing the linker geometry for presentation of ligands (filled circles) in bivalent compounds:
A. phenyldiacetylene core structure
B. cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid core structure
Figure 3 shows exemplary linker “core” structures.
Figure 4 illustrates examples of multi-binding compounds comprising (A) 2 ligands, (B) 3 ligands, (C) 4 ligands, and (D) >4 ligands attached in different formats to a linker.
Figure 5 illustrates the ligand amiodarone, which may be used in preparing multi- binding compounds. Potentially modifiable positions are indicated by arrows.
Figure 6 illustrates numerous reactive functional groups and the resulting bonds formed by reaction therebetween. :
Figures 7 to 21 illustrate convenient methods for preparing the multibinding compounds of this invention. In each of these figures, the filled circles represent linkers, referred to in the written Examples as “Link”.
Biological systems in general are controlled by molecular interactions between bioactive ligands and their receptors, in which the receptor “recognizes” a molecule or a portion thereof (i.c., a ligand domain) to produce a biological effect. The K* channels are considered to be pharmacological receptors: they possess specific binding sites for ligands having agonist and antagonist activities; the binding of ligands to such sites modulates K* flux through the channel; the channel properties (i.c., gating and ion selectivity) are regulatable.
Accordingly, diseases or conditions that involve, or are mediated by, K* channels can be treated with pharmacologically active ligands that interact with such channels to initiate, modulate or abrogate transporter activity.
The interaction of a K* channel and a K” channel-binding ligand may be described in terms of “affinity” and “specificity”. The “affinity” and “specificity” of any given ligand-K* channel interaction is dependent upon the complementarity of molecular binding surfaces and the energetic costs of complexation (i.e., the net difference in free energy between bound and free states). Affinity may be quantified by the equilibrium constant of complex formation, the ratio of on/off rate constants, and/or by the free energy of complex formation. Specificity relates to the difference in binding affinity of a ligand for different receptors. © The net free energy of interaction of such ligand with a K* charmel is the difference between energetic gains (enthalpy gained through molecular complementarity and entropy gained through the hydrophobic effect) and energetic costs (enthalpy lost through decreased degrees of freedom). :
The compounds of this invention comprise 2 to 10 K™ channel-binding ligands covalently linked together and capable of acting as multibinding agents. Without wishing to a be bound by theory, the enhanced activity of these compounds is believed to arise at least in part from their ability to bind in a multivalent manner with multiple ligand binding sites on a
K* channel or channels, which gives rise to a more favorable net free energy of binding. " Multivalent interactions differ from collections of individual monovalent (univalent) interactions by being capable of providing enhanced biologic and/or therapeutic effect.
Multivalent binding can amplify binding affinities and differences in binding affinities, resulting in enhanced binding specificity as well as affinity.
As used herein:
The term "alkyl" refers to a monoradical branched or unbranched saturated hydrocarbon chain, preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 1-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1-6 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, secondary butyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-dodecyl, 2-ethyldodecyl, tetradecyl, and the like, unless otherwise indicated.
The term "substituted alkyl" refers to an alkyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -S0,-alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-heteroaryl, and -NR'R®, wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
The term "alkylene" refers to a diradical of a branched or unbranched saturated ss hydrocarbon chain, preferably having from 1 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 1-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1-6 carbon atoms. This term is exemplified by groups such as methylene (-CH,-), ethylene (-CH,CH,-), the propylene isomers (e.g., -CH,CH,CH,- and -CH(CH,)CH,-) and the like.
The term "substituted alkylene" refers to: (1) An alkylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents sclected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, ~ acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, thioaryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, thicheterocyclooxy, nitro, and -NR,R,, wherein R, and R, may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. Additionally, such substituted alkylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkylene group; (2) An alkylene group as defined above that is interrupted by 1-20 atoms independently chosen from oxygen, sulfur and
NR,-, where R, is chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic, or groups selected from carbonyl, carboxyester, carboxyamide and sulfonyl; and (3) An alkylene group as defined above that has both from 1 to 5 substituents as defined above and is also interrupted by 1-20 atoms as defined above. Examples of substituted alkylenes are chloromethylene (-CH(C1)-), aminoethylene (-CH(INH,)CH,-), 2-carboxypropylene isomers (~CH,CH(CO,H)CH,-), cthoxyethyl (-CE,CH,0-CH,CH,-), cthylmethylaminoethyl (-CH,CHN(CH,)CH,CH,), 1-cthoxy-2-(2-ethoxy-ethoxy)ethane (-CH,CH,0-CH,CH,-
OCH,CH,- OCH,CH,"), and the like.
The term "alkaryl” or “aralkyl” refers to the groups -alkylene-aryl and -substituted alkylene-aryl in which alkylene and aryl are as defined herein. Such alkaryl groups are exemplified by benzyl, phenethyl and the like.
The term “alkoxy” refers to the groups alkyl-O-, alkenyl-O-, cycloalkyl-O-, cycloalkenyl-O-, and alkynyl-O-, where alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and alkynyl are as defined herein. Preferred alkoxy groups are alkyl-O- and include, by way of example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy, n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, 1,2-dimethylbutoxy, and the like.
The term "substituted alkoxy" refers to the groups substituted alkyl-O-, substituted alkenyl-O-, substituted cycloalkyl-O-, substituted cycloalkenyl-O-, and substituted alkynyl-O- where substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl and substituted alkynyl are as defined herein. :
The term "alkylalkoxy" refers to the groups -alkylene-O-alkyl, alkylene-O-substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-O-alkyl and substituted alkylene-O-substituted alky! wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein. Examples of such groups are methylenemethoxy (-CH,OCH}), ethylenemethoxy (-CH,CH,0CH,), n-propylene- iso-propoxy (-CH,CH,CH,0CH(CH,),), methylene-t-butoxy (-CH,-O-C(CH,),) and the like.
The term “alkylthioalkoxy" refers to the group -alkylene-S-alkyl, alkylene-S- substituted alkyl, substituted alkylene-S-alkyl and substituted alkylene-S-substituted alkyl wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkylene and substituted alkylene are as defined herein.
Preferred alkylthioalkoxy groups are alkylene-S-alkyl and include, by way of example, methylenethiomethoxy (-CH,SCH,), ethylenethiomethoxy (-CH,CH,SCH;), n-propylene-iso- thiopropoxy (-CH,CH,CH,SCH(CH,),), methylene-t-thiobutoxy (-CH,SC(CH,),) and the like.
“Alkeny]” refers to a monoradical of a branched or unbranched unsaturated hydrocarbon preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, and preferably having 1-6 double bonds. This term is further exemplified by such radicals as vinyl, prop-2-enyl, pent-3-enyl, hex-5-enyl, "5 S-ethyldodec-3,6-dienyl, and the like. :
The term "substituted alkenyl" refers to an alkenyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thiol, thicalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, aryloxy, thioaryloxy, heteroaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, heterocyclooxy, thicheterocyclooxy, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO;-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,- heteroaryl, and, -NR'R®, wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. “Alkenylene” refers to a diradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon, preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, and preferably having 1-6 double bonds. This term is further exemplified by such radicals as 1,2-cthenyl, 1,3-prop-2-enyl, 1,5-pent-3-enyl, 1,4-hex-5-cnyl, S-ethyl-1,12-dodec-3,6-dienyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkenrylene” refers to an alkenylene group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acyiamino, acyloxy, amino, minoacyl, aminoacyiaxy, oxyacytamino, azido, = thioheteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, thioheterocyclooxy, nitro, and NRR?,
wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
Additionally, such substituted alkenylene groups include those where 2 substituents on the alkenylene group are fused to form one or more cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocyclic or heteroaryl groups fused to the alkenylene group. “Alkyny]” refers to a monoradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon, preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, and preferably having 1-6 triple bonds. This term is further exemplified by such radicals as acetylenyl, prop-2-ynyl, pent-3-ynyl, hex-S-ynyl, 5-ethyldodec-3,6-diynyl, and the like.
The term "substituted alkynyl" refers to an alkynyl group as defined above having from 1 to 5 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thiol, thicalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, thioaryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, thioheterocycloxy, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, . -S0-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -8O,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-heteroaryl, SO, © 20 heterocyclic, NR*RY, wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. - : “Alkynylene” refers to a diradical of an unsaturated hydrocarbon radical, preferably having from 2 to 40 carbon atoms, preferably 2-10 carbon atoms, more preferably 2-6 carbon atoms, and preferably having 1-6 triple bonds. This term is further exemplified by such radicals as 1,3-prop-2-ynyl, 1,5-pent-3-ynyl, 1,4-hex-5-ynyl, 5-ethyl-1,12-dodec-3,6-diynyl, and the like,
The term "acyl" refers to the groups -CHO, alkyl-C(O)-, substituted alkyl-C(0)-, cycloalkyl-C(Q)-, substituted cycloalkyl-C(O)-, cycloalkenyl-C(O)-, substituted cycloalkenyl
C(0)-, aryl-C(0)-, heteroaryl-C(O)- and heterocyclic-C(O)- where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "acylamino" refers to the group -C(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic or where both R groups are joined to form a heterocyclic group (e.g., morpholine) wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aminoacyl" refers to the group -NRC(O)R where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "aminoacyloxy” refers to the group -NRC(O)OR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "acyloxy" refers to the groups alkyl-C(0)O-, substituted alkyl-C(0)O-, cycloalkyl-C(O)O-, substituted cycloalkyi-C(O)O-, aryl-C(O)O-, heteroaryl-C(0)O-, and heterocyclic-C(O)O- wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclic are as defined herein. :
The term “aryl” refiers to an unsaturated aromatic carbocyclic group of from 6 to 20 carbon atoms having a single ring (e.g., phenyl) or multiple condensed (fused) rings (e.g. naphthyl or anthryl).
Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the aryl substituent, such aryl groups can optionally be substituted with from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -S O-aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-heteroaryi, trihalomethryl,
NR'R®, wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. Preferred aryl substituents include alkyl, alkoxy, halo, cyano, nitro, trihalomethyl, and thioalkoxy.
The term "aryloxy" refers to the group aryl-O- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
The term “arylene” refers to a diradical derived from ary! or substituted aryl as defined above, and is exemplified by 1,2-phenylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, Co 1,2-naphthylene and the like.
The term “amino” refers to the group -NH,
The term “substituted amino” refers to the group -NRR where each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic provided that both R’s are not hydrogen.
The term "carboxyalkyl" refers to the group "-C(0)O-alkyl", “-C(0)O-substituted alkyl”, “.C(0)O-cycloalkyl”, “-C(0)O-substituted cycloalkyl”, “-C(0)O-alkenyl”, “-C(0)O- substituted alkenyl”, “.C(O)O-alkynyl” and “~C(O)O-substituted alkynyl” where alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl and substituted alkynyl where alkynyl are as defined herein.
The term "cycloalkyl" refers to cyclic alkyl groups of from 3 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings. Such cycloalkyl groups include, by way of example, single ring structures such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclooctyl, and the like, or multiple ring structures such as adamantanyl, and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkyl” refers to cycloalkyl groups having from 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, ~~ cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thicheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO- heteroaryl, -SO,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-hetercaryl, and NR’R®, wherein
R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
The term "cycloalkenyl" refers to cyclic alkenyl groups of from 4 to 20 carbon atoms having a single cyclic ring or fused rings and at least one point of internal unsaturation.
Examples of suitable cycloalkenyl groups include, for instance, cyclobut-2-eayl, cyclopent-3- entyl, cyclooct-3-enyl and the like.
The term "substituted cycloalkenyl” refers to cycloalkenyl groups having from 1 to 5 “substituents selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl,
substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, aminoacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, azido, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, hydroxyamino, alkoxyamino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO- aryl, -SO-heteroaryl, -SO,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-heteroaryl, and
NR'R®, wherein R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic.
The term "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo. “Haloalky!” refers to alkyl as defined above substituted by 1-4 halo groups as defined ~ above, which may be the same or different, such as 3-fluorododecyl, 12,12,12- trifluorododecyl, 2-bromooctyl, -3-btomo-6-chloroheptyl, and the like.
The term "heteroaryl" refers to an aromatic group of from 1 to 15 carbon atoms and 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur within at least one ring (if there is more than one ring).
Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heteroaryl substituent, such heteroaryl groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5 substituents selected from the group consisting of acyloxy, hydroxy, thiol, acyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted alkyl, substituted alkoxy, substituted alkenyl, substituted alkynyl, substituted cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, amino, aminoacyl, acylamino, alkaryl, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, cyano, halo, nitro, heteroaryl, heteroaryloxy, heterocyclic, heterocyclooxy, aminoacyloxy, oxyacylamino, thioalkoxy, substituted thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO- ~ heteroaryl, -SO,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SOy-heteroaryl, trihalomethyl,
mono-and di-alkylamino, mono- and NR'R®, wherein R* and R® may be the same ot different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. Preferred heteroaryis include pyridyl, pyrrolyl and furyl.
The term “heteroaryloxy” refers to the group heteroaryl-O-. : The term “heteroarylene” refers to the diradical group derived from heteroaryl or substituted heteroaryl as defined above, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-pyridylens, 2,4 pyridiylene, 1,2-quinolinylene, 1,8-quinolinylene, 1,4-benzofuranylene, 2,5-pyridinylene, 1,3- morpholinylene, 2 5-indolenyl, and the like.
The term "heterocycle" or "heterocyclic" refers to a monaradical saturated or unsaturated group having a single ring or multiple condensed rings, from 1 to 40 carbon atoms and from 1 to 10 hetero atoms, preferably 1 to 4 heteroatoms, selected from nitrogen, sulfur, phosphorus, and/or oxygen within the ring.
Unless otherwise constrained by the definition for the heterocyclic substituent, such heterocyclic groups can be optionally substituted with 1 to 5, and preferably 1 to 3 substituents, selected from the group consisting of alkoxy, substituted alkoxy, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, acyl, acylamino, acyloxy, amino, aminoacyl, amincacyloxy, oxyaminoacyl, cyano, halogen, hydroxyl, keto, thioketo, carboxyl, carboxylalkyl, thicaryloxy, thioheteroaryloxy, thioheterocyclooxy, thiol, thicalkoxy, © substituted thicalkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heteroaryl, hetercaryloxy, heterocyclic, beterocyclooxy, 25° hydroxyamino, alkexysmino, nitro, -SO-alkyl, -SO-substituted alkyl, -SO-aryl, -SO- heteroaryl, -SO,-alkyl, -SO,-substituted alkyl, -SO,-aryl, -SO,-heteroaryi, and NR'R®, wherein
R* and R® may be the same or different and are chosen from hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic. Such “heterocyclic groups can have a single ring or multiple condensed rings.
Examples of nitrogen heterocycles and heteroaryls include, but are not limited to, pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, indolizine, isoindole, indole, indazole, purine, quinolizine, isoquinoline, quinoline, phthalazine, naphthylpyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, cinnoline, pteridine, carbazole, carboline, phenanthridine, acridine, phenanthroline, isothiazole, phenazine, isoxazole, phenoxazine, phenothiazine, imidazolidine, imidazoline, piperidine, piperazine, indoline, morpholino, piperidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like as well as N-alkoxy-nitrogen containing heterocycles.
A preferred class of heterocyclics include “crown compounds” which refers to a specific class of heterocyclic compounds having one or more repeating units of the formula [-(CH,-), Y-] where m is equal to or greater than 2, and Y at each separate occurrence can be
O,N, S or P. Examples of crown compounds include, by way of example only, [-(CH,),-
NH-1,, {-((CH,),-0),-((CH,),-NH),] and the like. Typically such crown compounds can have from 4 to 10 heteroatoms and 8 to 40 carbon atoms.
The term “heterocyclooxy™ refers to the group heterocyclic-O-.
The term “thioheterocyclooxy™ refers to the group heterocyclic-S-.
The term “heterocyclene” refers to the diradical group derived from a heterocycle as defined herein, and is exemplified by the groups 2,6-morpholino, 2,5-morpholino and the like,
The term "oxyacylamino” refers to the group -OC(O)NRR where each R is independently hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclic wherein alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic are as defined herein.
The term "thiol" refers to the group -SH.
The term "thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-alkyl.
The term "substituted thioalkoxy" refers to the group -S-substituted alkyl.
The term "thicaryloxy" refers to the group aryl-S- wherein the aryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups also defined above.
The term "thioheteroaryloxy” refers to the group heteroaryl-S- wherein the heteroaryl group is as defined above including optionally substituted aryl groups as also defined above.
As to any of the above groups which contain one or more substituents, it is understood, of course, that such groups do not contain any substitution or substitution patterns which are sterically impractical and/or synthetically non-feasible. In addition, the compounds of this invention include all stereochemical isomers arising from the substitution of these compounds. ~ “Alkyl optionally interrupted by 1-5 atoms chosen from O, S, or N” refers to alkyl as defined above in which the carbon chain is interrupted by O, S, or N. Within the scope are ethers, sulfides, and amines, for example 1-methoxydecyl, 1-pentyloxynonane, 1-2- isopropoxyethoxy)-4-methyinonane, 1-(2-ethoxyethoxy)dodecyl, 2-(t-butoxy)heptyl, 1-pentylsulfanyinonane, nonylpentylamine, and the like. “Heteroarylalkyl” refers to heteroaryl as defined above linked to alkyl as defined above, for example pyrid-2-ylmethyl, 8-quinolinylpropyl, and the like. "Optional" or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, optionally substituted alkyl means that alkyl may or may not be substituted by those groups enumerated in the definition of substituted alkyl.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the multibinding compounds of this invention and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. In many cases, the multibinding compounds of this invention are capable of forming acid and/or base salts by virtue of the presence of amino and/or carboxyl groups or groups similar thereto.
Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts can be prepared from inorganic and organic bases. Salts derived from inorganic bases, include by way of example only, sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary and tertiary amines, such as alkyl amines, dialkyl amines, trialkyl amines, substituted alkyl amines, di(substituted alkyl) amines, tri(substituted alkyl) amines, alkenyl amines, dialkenyl amines, trialkenyl amines, substituted alkenyl amines, di(substituted alkenyl) amines, tri(substituted alkenyl) amines, cycloalkyl amines, di(cycloalkyl) amines, tri(cycloalkyl) amines, substituted cycloalkyl amines, disubstituted cycloalkyl amine, trisubstituted cycloalkyl amines, cycloalkenyl amines, © di(cycloalkenyl) amines, tri(cycloalkenyl) amines, substituted cycloalkenyl amines, disubstituted cycloalkenyl amine, trisubstituted cycloalkenyl amines, aryl amines, diaryl amines, triaryl amines, heteroaryl amines, diheteroaryl amines, triheteroaryl amines, heterocyclic amines, diheterocyclic amines, triheterocyclic amines, mixed di- and tri-amines where at least two of the substituents on the amine are different and are selected from the group consisting of alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, substituted cycloalkenyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclic, and the like. Also included are amines where the two or three substituents, together with the amino nitrogen, form a heterocyclic or heteroaryl group.
Examples of suitable amines include, by way of example only, isopropylamine, trimethyl amine, diethyl amine, tri(iso-propyl) amine, tri(n-propyl) amine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, tromethamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, N-alkylglucamines, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, morpholine, N-cthylpiperidine, and the like. It should also be understood that other carboxylic acid derivatives would be useful in the practice of this invention, for example, carboxylic acid amides, including carboxamides, lower alkyl carboxamides, dialkyl carboxamides, and the like.
Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be prepared from inorganic and organic acids. Salts derived from inorganic acids include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic : acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like. Salts derived from organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, cthanesulfonic acid, p-toluene-sulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
The term "protecting group” or "blocking group” refers to any group which when bound to one or more hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl groups of the compounds prevents reactions from occurring at these groups and which protecting group can be removed by conventional chemical or enzymatic steps to reestablish the hydroxyl, thiol, amino or carboxyl group. See, generally, T.W. Greene & P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic
Synthesis, 2 Ed., 1991, John Wiley and Sons, N.Y.
The particular removable blocking group employed is not critical and preferred removable hydroxyl blocking groups incinde conventional substituents such as allyl, benzyl, acetyl, chloroacetyl, thiobenzyl, benzytidine, phenacyl, t-butyl-diphenylsilyl and any other group that can be introduced chemically onto a hydroxyl functionality and later selectively removed either by chemical or enzymatic methods in mild conditions compatible with the nature of the product. a
Preferred removable amino blocking groups include conventional substituents such as t-butyoxycarbonyl (t-BOC), benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (FMOC), allyloxycarbonyl (ALOC) and the like, which can be removed by conventional conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
Preferred carboxy! protecting groups include esters such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, t-buty] etc. which can be removed by mild hydrolysis conditions compatible with the nature of the product.
As used herein, the terms “inert organic solvent” or “inert solvent” mean a solvent inert under the conditions of the reaction being described in conjunction therewith (including, for example, benzene, toluene, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran (“THF”), dimethylformamide (“DMF”), chloroform (“CHCl,.), methylene chloride (or dichloromethane or “CH,CL™), diethyl ether, ethyl acetate, acetone, methylethyl ketone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, tert-butanol, dioxane, pyridine, and the like]. Unless specified to the contrary, the solvents used in the reactions of the present invention are inert solvents. : 0
The term “K* channel” refers to a structure comprised of integral membrane proteins that functions to allow K* to equilibrate across 2 membrane according to its electrochemical gradient and at rates that are diffusion limited. 5 “Ligand” as used herein denotes a compound that is a binding partner for a K* channel receptor, and is bound thereto, for example, by complementarity. The specific region or regions of the ligand molecule that is recognized by the ligand binding site of a K* channel receptor is designated as the “ligand domain”. A ligand may be either capable of binding to a receptor by itself, or may require the presence of one or more non-ligand components for binding (e.g. ions, a lipid molecule, a solvent molecule, and the like).
Ligands useful in this invention comprise K* channel modulators such as quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetracthyl ammonium? clofilium,'® melperone,® pinacidil, WAY- "123,398" cromakalim,?* propoful, thiopentone,” risotilide, aimokalant,* bretylium,” N- - acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4-aminopyridine, RP49356," afinidine,” chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs,” bethanidine,* disopyramide,” desethylamiodarone,! NE-10064,* artilide,", dofetilide,!>74%% E-4031,2%1% sematilide, 1%? ambasilide, azimilide -30-86.53.100.108 tedisamil, dronedarone,” ibutilide, ™!* sotalol,’ benzodiazepine analogs™” and amiodarone. *#9+1% See Table 4 for structures of various potassium channel ligands.
While it is contemplated that many potassium channel ligands that are currently | known can be used in the preparation of multibinding compounds of this invention (Table 2), it should be understood that portions of the ligand structure that are not essential for molecular recognition and binding activity (i.e., that are not part of the ligand domain) may be varied substantially, replaced with unrelated structures and, in some cases, omitted entirely without affecting the binding interaction. Accordingly, it should be understood that the term “ligand” is not intended to be limited to compounds known to be useful as K* channel receptor-binding compounds (c.g, known drugs), in that ligands that exhibit marginal activity or lack useful activity as monomers can be highly active as multibinding compounds, because of the biological benefit conferred by multivalency. The primary requirement for a ligand as defined herein is that it has a ligand domain, as defined above, which is available for binding to a recognition site on a K* channel.
For purposes of the present invention, the term “ligand” or “ligands” is intended to " inchnde the racemic ligands 2s weil as the individual stereoisomers of the ligands, including + pure enantiomers and non-racemic mixtures thereof. The scope of the invention as described and claimed encompasses the racemic forms of the ligands as well as the individual enantiomers and non-racemic mixtures thereof.
The term “ligand binding site” as used herein denotes a site on a K* channel receptor that recognizes a ligand domain and provides a binding partner for the ligand. The ligand binding site may be defined by monomeric or multimeric structures. This interaction may be capable of producing a unique biological effect, for example agonism, antagonism, modulation, or may maintain an ongoing biological event, and the like.
It should be recognized that the ligand binding sites of K* channel receptors that participate in biological multivalent binding interactions are constrained to varying degrees by their intra- and intermolecular associations. For example, K* channel ligand binding sites may be covalently joined in a single structure, noncovalently associated in one or more multimeric structures, embedded in a membrane or biopolymer matrix, and so on, and therefore have less translational and rotational freedom than if the same sites were present as monomers in solution.
The terms “agonism” and “antagonism” are well known in the art. As used herein, the term “agonist” refers to a ligand that when bound to a K* channel stimulates its activity. The term “antagonist” refers to a ligand that when bound to a K* channel inhibits its activity.
Channel block or activation may result from allosteric effects of ligand binding to the channel rather than occupancy of the channel pore. These allosteric effects may produce changes in protein conformation that affect K* binding sites, gating mechanisms and/or the pore region (i.e., ion permeation).
A potassium channel can exist in several modes: C (closed resting state); C* (activated closed state); O (open state); and I (inactivated state).* The probability that a channel will exist in one of these four states changes with voltage. A given ligand may have different binding affinities for different states, and be capable of producing agomist or
The term "modulatory effect” is intended to refer to the ability of a ligand to change the activity of a K* channel through binding to the chanel. “Multibinding agent” or “multibinding compound” refers herein to a compound that has from 2 to 10 K* channel ligands as defined herein (which may be the same or different) covalently bound to one or more linkers (which may be the same or different), and is capable of multivalency, as defined below.
A muitibinding compound provides an improved biologic and/or therapeutic effect compared to that of the same number of unlinked ligands available for binding to the ligand binding sites on a K* channel or channels. Examples of improved “biologic and/or therapeutic effect” include increased ligand-receptor binding interactions (e.g., increased affinity, increased ability to elicit a functional change in the target, improved kinetics), increased selectivity for the target, increased potency, increased efficacy, decreased toxicity, increased therapeutic index, improved duration of action, improved bioavailability, improved pharmacokinetics, improved activity spectrum, and the like. The multibinding compounds of this invention will exhibit at least one, and preferably more than one, of the above-mentioned “Univalency” as used herein refers to a single binding interaction between one ligand with one ligand binding site as defined herein. It should be noted that a compound having muitiple copies of a ligand (or ligands) exhibits univalency when only one ligand of that compound interacts with a ligand binding site. Examples of univalent interactions are
TL ~ = (Z univalent interaction “Multivalency” as used herein refers to the concurrent binding of from 2 to 10 linked ligands, which may be the same or different, and two or more corresponding ligand binding sites, which may be the same or different. An example of trivalent binding is depicted below for illustrative purposes.
YY trivalent interaction
It should be understood that not all compounds that contain multiple copies of a ligand attached to a linker necessarily exhibit the phenomena of multivalency, ie., that the biologic and/or therapeutic effect of the multibinding agent is greater than that of the same number of unlinked ligands made available for binding to the ligand binding sites. For multivalency to occur, the ligand domains of the ligands that are linked together must be presented to their cognate ligand binding sites by the linker or linkers in a specific manner in order to bring about the desired ligand-orienting result, and thus produce a multibinding interaction.
The term "library" refers to at least 3, preferably from 10° to 10° and more preferably from 10? to 10* multimeric compounds. Preferably, these compounds are prepared as a multiplicity of compounds in a single solution or reaction mixture which permits facile synthesis thereof. In one embodiment, the library of multimeric compounds can be directly * assayed for multibinding properties. In another embodiment, each member of the library of multimeric compounds is first isolated and, optionally, characterized. This member is then assayed for multibinding properties.
The term "collection" refers to a set of multimeric compounds which are prepared either sequentially or concurrently (e.g., combinatorially). The collection comprises at least 2 members; preferably from 2 to 10° members and still more preferably from 10 to 10* members.
The term "multimeric compound" refers to compounds comprising from 2 to 10 ligands covalently connected through at least one linker which compounds may or may not possess multibinding properties (as defined herein).
The term "pseudohalide” refers to functional groups which react in displacement reactions in a manner similar to a halogen. Such functional groups include, by way of example, mesyl, tosyl, azido and cyano groups.
The term "linker", identified where appropriate by the symbol X, refers to a group or groups that covalently links from 2 to 10 ligands (as defined above) in a manner that provides a compound capable of multivalency. The linker is a ligand-orienting entity that permits attachment of multiple copies of a ligand (which may be the same or different) thereto.
The term “linker” includes everything that is not considered to be part of the ligand, e.g., ancillary groups such as solubilizing groups, lipophilic groups, groups that alter pharmacodynamics or pharmacokinetics, groups that modify the diffusability of the multibinding compound, spacers that attach the ligand to the linker, groups that aid the ligand-orienting function of the linker, for example, by imparting flexibility or rigidity to the linker as a whole, or to a portion thereof, and so on. The term “linker” does not, however, cover solid inert supports such as beads, glass particles, rods, and the like, but it is to be . understood that the multibinding compounds of this invention can be attached to a solid understood that the multibinding compounds of this invention can be attached to a solid support if desired, for example, for use in separation and purification processes and for similar applications.
The extent to which the previously discussed enhanced activity of multibinding compounds is realized in this invention depends upon the efficiency with which the linker or linkers that joins the ligands presents them to their array of ligand binding sites. Beyond presenting these ligands for multivalent interactions with ligand binding sites, the linker
The linkers used in this invention are sclected to allow multivalent binding of ligands to any desired ligand binding sites of a K' channel, whether such sites are located within the cell membrane, interiorly (e.g., within a channel/translocation pore), both interiorly and on the periphery of a channel, at the boundary region between the lipid bilayer and the channel, or at any intermediate position thereof. The preferred linker length will vary depending on the distance between adjacent ligand binding sites, and the geometry, flexibility and composition : of the linker. The length of the linker will preferably be in the range of about 2A to about 100A, more preferably from about 2A to about SOA and even more preferably from about 5A to about 204.
The ligands are covalently attached to the linker or linkers using conventional chemical techniques. The reaction chemistries resulting in such linkage are well known in the art and involve the use of reactive functional groups present on the linker and ligand.
Preferably, the reactive functional groups on the linker are selected relative to the functional groups available on the ligand for coupling, or which can be introduced onto the ligand for this purpose. Again, such reactive functional groups are well known in the art. For example, reaction between a carboxylic acid of either the linker or the ligand and a primary or secondary amine of the ligand or the linker in the presence of suitable well-known activating : agents results in formation of an amide bond covalently linking the ligand to the linker;
reaction between an amine group of either the linker or the ligand and a sulfonyl halide of the ligand or the linker resuits in formation of a sulfonamide bond covalently linking the ligand to the linker; and reaction between an alcohol or phenol group of either the linker or the ligand and an alkyl or aryl halide of the ligand or the linker results in formation of an ether bond covalently linking the ligand to the linker. The table below and Figure 6 illustrate numerous reactive fimctional groups and the resulting bonds formed by reaction therebetween. Where functional groups are lacking, they can be created by suitable chemistries that are described in standard organic chemistry texts such as J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4 Ed., (Wiley-Imterscience, N.Y., 1992). oo
Complementary Binding Chemistries 5
Te Pro
The linker is attached to the ligand at a position that retains ligand domain-ligand binding site interaction and specifically which permits the ligand domain of the ligand to orient itself to bind to the ligand binding site. Such positions and synthetic protocols for linkage are well known in the art. The term linker embraces everything that is not considered to be part of the ligand.
The reiative orientation in which the ligand domains are displayed depends both on the particular point or points of attachment of the ligands to the Fnker, and on the framework " geometry. The determination of where acceptable substitutions can be made on a ligand is : 51- a oo typically based on prior knowledge of structure-activity relationships of the ligand and/or congeners and/or structural information about ligand-receptor complexes (e.g., X-ray crystallography, NMR, and the like). Such positions and synthetic protocols for linkage are well known in the art and can be determined by those with ordinary skill in the art (see, e.g,
METHODS OF PREPARATION, Examples 1-29 and Figures 7 to 21. Following attachment of a ligand to the linker or linkers, or to a significant portion thereof (e.g., 2-10 atoms of linker), the linker-ligand conjugate may be tested for retention of activity in a relevant assay system (see Utility and Testing below for representative assays).
At present, it is preferred that the multibinding compound is a bivalent compound in which two ligands are covalently linked, or a trivalent compound, in which three ligands are covalently linked. Linker design is further discussed under METHODS OF
PREPARATION. “Potency” as used herein refers to the minimum concentration at which a ligand is able to achieve a desirable biological or therapeutic effect. The potency of a ligand is typically proportional to its affinity. for its receptor. In some cases, the potency may be non- linearly correlated with its affinity. In comparing the potency of two drugs, e.g., a multibinding agent and the aggregate of its unlinked ligand, the dose-response curve of each is determined under identical test conditions (e.g., in an in vitro or in vivo assay, in an appropriate animal model (such as a human patient)). The finding that the multibinding agent produces an equivalent biologic or therapeutic effect at a lower concentration than the aggregate unlinked ligand (e.g., on a per weight, per mole or per ligand basis) is indicative of enhanced potency. 25. “Selectivity” or “specificity” is a measure of the binding preferences of a ligand for different receptors. The selectivity of a ligand with respect to its target receptor relative to another receptor is given by the ratio of the respective values of K; (i.e., the dissociation " constants for each ligand-receptor complex) or, in cases where a biological effect is observed below the K,, the ratio of the respective ECs or ICs (i.e, the concentrations that produce 50% of the maximum response for the ligand interacting with the two distinct receptors).
The term “treatment” refers to any treatment of a disease or condition in a mammal, particularly a human, and includes: @) preventing the disease or condition from occurring in a subject which may be predisposed to the condition but has not yet been diagnosed with the condition and, accordingly, the treatment constitutes prophylactic treatment for the pathologic condition; (ii) inhibiting the disease or condition, i.c., arresting its development; (iii) relieving the disease or condition, i.c., causing regression of the disease or (iv) relieving the symptoms resulting from the disease or condition without addressing the underlying disease or condition, e.g., relieving symptoms of angina pectoris and other conditions of ischemia but not an underlying cause such as, for example, atherosclerotic disease or hypertension.
The phrase "disease or condition which is modulated by treatment with a multibinding
K" channel ligand" covers all disease states and/or conditions that are generally acknowledged in the art to be usefully treated with a ligand for a K* channel in general, and those disease states and/ar conditions that have been found to be usefully treated by a specific " miltibinding compound of our invention, i.¢., the compounds of Formula 1. Such disease states include, by way of example only, hypertension, cercbral ischemia, cardiac arrythmias (particularly, arrythmias resulting from potassium-related changes in membrane potential and conduction), cardiac hypertrophy due to systolic or diastolic overload, congestive heart failure, and the lke.
The term “therapeutically effective amount” refers to that amount of muitibinding compound that is sufficient to effect treatment, as defined sbove, when administered to a v mammal in need of such treatment. The therapeutically effective amount will vary depending upon the subject and disease condition being treated, the weight and age of the subject, the severity of the disease condition, the manner of administration and the like, which can readily be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” is intended to include vehicles and carriers capable of being coadministered with a multibinding compound to facilitate the performance of its intended function. The use of such media for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Examples of such vehicles and carriers include solutions, solvents, dispersion media, delay agents, emnisions and the like. Any other conventional carrier suitable for use with the multibinding compounds also falls within the scope of the present invention.
METHODS OF PREPARATION
Linkers
The linker or linkers, when covalently attached to multiple copies of the ligands, provides a biocompatible, substantially non-immunogenic multibinding compound. The biological activity of the multibinding K* channel compound is highly sensitive to the geometry, composition, size, length, flexibility or rigidity, the presence or absence of anionic or cationic charge, the relative hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity, and similar properties of the linker. Accordingly, the linker is preferably chosen to maximize the biological activity of the compound. The linker may be biologically “neutral,” i.e., not itself contribute any additional biological activity to the multibinding compound, or it may be chosen to further enhance the biological activity of the compound. In general, the linker may be chosen from any organic molecule construct that orients two or more ligands for binding to the receptors to permit multivalency. In this regard, the linker can be considered as a “framework” on which the ligands are arranged in order to bring about the desired ligand-orienting result, and thus produce a multibinding compound.
3 WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777
For example, different orientations of ligands can be achieved by varying the geometry of the framework (linker) by use of mono- or polycyclic groups, such as aryl and/or heteroaryl groups, or structures incorporating one or more carbon-carbon multiple bonds (alkenyl, alkenylene, alkynyl or alkynylene groups). The optimal geometry and composition of frameworks (linkers) used in the multibinding compounds of this invention are based upon the properties of their intended receptors. For example, it is preferred to use rigid cyclic groups (e.g., aryl, heteroaryl), or non-rigid cyclic groups (e.g., cycloalkyl or crown groups) to reduce conformational entropy when such may be necessary to achieve energetically coupled binding.
Different hydrophobic/hydrophilic characteristics of the linker as well as the presence or absence of charged moieties can readily be controlled by the skilled artisan. For example, the hydrophobic nature of a linker derived from hexamethylene diamine (H,N(CH,),NH,) or related polyamines can be modified to be substantially more hydrophilic by replacing the alkylene group with a poly(oxyalkylene) group such as found in the commercially available "Jeffamines" (class of surfactants).
Different frameworks can be designed to provide preferred orientations of the ligands.
The identification of an appropriate framework geometry for ligand domain presentation is an important first step in the construction of a multi binding agent with enhanced activity.
Systematic spatial searching strategies can be used to aid in the identification of preferred frameworks through an iterative process. Figure 2 illustrates a useful strategy for determining an optimal framework display orientation for ligand domains and can be used for preparing the bivalent compounds of this invention. Various alternative strategies known to those skilled in the art of molecular design can be substituted for the one described here.
As shown in Figure 2, the ligands (shown as filled circles) are attached to a central core structure such as phenyldiacetylene (Panel A) or cyclohexane dicarboxylic acid (Panel » B). The ligands are spaced apart from the core by an attaching moiety of variable lengths m ss.
and nn. If the ligand possesses multiple attachment sites (see discussion below), the : orientation of the ligand on the attaching moiety may be varied as well. The positions of the display vectors around the central core structures are varied, thereby generating a collection of compounds. Assay of each of the individual compounds of a collection generated as described will lead to a subset of compounds with the desired enhanced activities (e.g. potency, selectivity). The analysis of this subset using a technique such as Ensemble
Molecular Dynamics will suggest a framework orientation that favors the properties desired.
The process may require the use of multiple copies of the same central core structure or combinations of different types of display cores. It is to be noted that core structures other than those shown here can be used for determining the optimal framework display orientation of the ligands. The above-described technique can be extended to trivalent compounds and compounds of higher-order valency.
A wide variety of linkers is commercially available (Chem Sources USA and Chem
Sources International; the ACD electronic database; and Chemical Abstracts). Many of the linkers that are suitable for use in this invention fall into this category. Others can be readily synthesized by methods known in the art, and as described below. Examples of linkers include aliphatic moieties, aromatic moieties, steroidal moieties, peptides, and the like.
Specific examples are peptides or polyamides, hydrocarbons, aromatics, heterocyclics, ethers, lipids, cationic or anionic groups, or a combination thereof. "Examples are given below and in Figure 3, but it should be understood that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. For example, properties of the linker can be modified by the addition or insertion of ancillary groups into the linker, for example, to change the solubility of the multibinding compound (in water, fats, lipids, biological fluids, etc.), hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, linker flexibility, antigenicity, stability, and the like. For example, the introduction of one or more poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) groups onto the linker enhances the hydrophilicity and water solubility of the mnitibinding compound, increases both molecular weight and molecular size and, depending an the nature of the unPEGylated linker, may increase the in vivo retention time. Further, PEG may decrease antigenicity and potentially enhances the overall rigidity of the linker. . }
Ancillary groups that enhance the water solubility/hydrophilicity of the linker, and accordingly, the resulting multibinding compounds, are useful in practicing this invention.
Thus, it is within the scope of the present invention to use ancillary groups such as, for example, small repeating units of ethylene glycols, alcohols, polyols, (e.g., glycerin, glycerol propoxylate, saccharides, including mono-, oligosaccharides, etc.) carboxylates (e.g, small repeating units of glutamic acid, acrylic acid, etc.), amines (e.g., tetrasthylenepentamine), and the like to enhance the water solubility and/or hydrophilicity of the multibinding compounds of this invention. In preferred embodiments, the ancillary group used to improve water solubility/hydrophilicity will be a polyether. In particularly preferred embodiments, the ancillary group will contain a small number of repeating ethylene oxide (-CH,CH,0-) units.
The incorporation of lipophilic ancillary groups within the structure of the linker to enhance the lipophilicity and/or hydrophobicity of the compounds of Formula I is also within the scope of this invention. Lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl, aromatic groups and polycyclic aromatic groups.
The aromatic groups may be either unsubstituted or substituted with other groups, but are at least substituted with a group which allows their covalent attachment to the linker. As used herein the term “aromatic groups” incorporates both aromatic hydrocarbons and heterocyclic "aromatics. Other lipophilic groups useful with the linkers of this invention include fatty acid derivatives which may or may not form micelles in aqueous medium and other specific lipophilic groups which modulate interactions between the multihinding compound and
Also within the scope of this invention is the use of ancillary groups which result in the compound of Formula I being incorporated into a vesicle, such as a liposome, or a micelle. The term "lipid" refers to any fatty acid derivative that is capable of forming a bilayer or micelle such that a hydrophobic portion of the lipid material orients toward the bilayer while a hydrophilic portion orients toward the aqueous phase. Hydrophilic characteristics derive from the presence of phosphato, carboxylic, sulfato, amino, sulfhydryl, nitro and other like groups weil known in the art. Hydrophobicity could be conferred by the inclusion of groups that include, but are not limited to, long chain saturated and unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups of up to 20 carbon atoms and such groups substituted by one or more aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and/or heterocyclic group(s). Preferred lipids are phosphoglycerides and sphingolipids, representative examples of which include phosphatidylcholine, phosphatidylethanolamine, phosphatidylserine, phosphatidylinositol, phosphatidic acid, palmitoyleoy! phosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidylcholine, lysophosphatidyl-ethanolamine, dipalmitoylphosphatidyicholine, dioleoylphosphatidyl- choline, distearoyl-phosphatidylcholine and dilinoleoylphosphatidylcholine. Other compounds lacking phosphorus, such as sphingolipid and glycosphingolipid families, are also within the group designated as lipid. Additionally, the amphipathic lipids described above may be mixed with other lipids including triglycerides and sterols.
The flexibility of the linker can be manipulated by the inclusion of ancillary groups _ which are bulky and/or rigid. The presence of bulky or rigid groups can hinder free rotation about bonds in the linker, or bonds between the linker and the ancillary group(s), or bonds between the linker and the functional groups. Rigid groups can include, for example, those groups whose conformational freedom is restrained by the presence of rings and/or ®-bonds, for example, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic groups. Other groups which can impart rigidity include polypeptide groups such as oligo- or polyproline chains.
Rigidity can also be imparted electrostatically. Thus, if the ancillary groups are either h positively or negatively charged, the similarly charged ancillary groups will force the linker into a configuration affording the maximum distance between each of the like charges. The energetic cost of bringing the like-charged groups closer to each other, which is inversely related to the square of the distance between the groups, will tend to hold the linker in configuration that maintains the separation between the like-charged ancillary groups.
Further, ancillary groups bearing opposite charges will tend to be attracted to their oppositely charged counterparts and potentially may enter into both inter- and intramolecular ionic bonds. This non-covalent mechanism will tend to hold the linker in a conformation which allows bonding between the oppositely charged groups. The addition of ancillary groups which are charged, or alternatively, protected groups that bear a latent charge which is unmasked, following addition to the linker, by deprotection, a change in pH, oxidation, reduction or othier mechanisms known to those skilled in the art, is within the scope of this invention.
Bulky groups can include, for example, large atoms, ions (¢.g., iodine, sulfur, metal ions, etc.) or groups containing large atoms, polycyclic groups, including aromatic groups, non-aromatic groups and structures incorporating one or more carbon-carbon x-bonds Ge, alkenes and alkynes). Bulky groups can also include oligomers and polymers which are branched- or straight-chain species. Species that are branched are expected to increase the rigidity of the structure more per unit molecular weight gain than are straight-chain species.
In preferred embodiments, rigidity (entropic control) is imparted by the presence of alicyclic (e.g., cycloalkyl), aromatic and heterocyclic groups. In other preferred embodiments, this comprises one or more six-membered rings. In still further preferred embodiments, the ring is an aryl group such as, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, ora macrocyclic ring such as, for example, a crown compound.
In view of the above, it is apparent that the appropriate selection of a linker group providing suitable orientation, entropy and physico-chemical properties is well within the = skill of the art.
Eliminating or reducing antigenicity of the multibinding compounds described herein is also within the scope of this invention. In certain cases, the antigenicity of a multibinding compound may be eliminated or reduced by use of groups such as, for example, poly(ethylene glycol).
The Compounds of Formula I
As explained above, the multibinding compounds described herein comprise 2-10 ligands attached covalently to a linker that links the ligands in a manner that allows their multivalent binding to ligand binding sites of K* channels. The linker spatially constrains these interactions to occur within dimensions defined by the linker. This and other factors increases the biologic and/or therapeutic effect of the multibinding compound as compared to the same number of ligands used in monobinding form.
The compounds of this invention are preferably represented by the empirical formula (L)y(X), where L, X, p and g are as defined above. This is intended to include the several ways in which the ligands can be linked together in order to achieve the objective of multivalency, and a more detailed explanation is provided below.
As noted previously, the linker may be considered as a framework to which ligands are attached. Thus, it should be recognized that the ligands can be attached at any suitable position on this framework, for example, at the termini of a linedr chain or at any intermediate position thereof.
The simplest and most preferred multibinding compound is a bivalent compound which can be represented as L-X-L, where L is a ligand and is the same or different and X is the linker. A trivalent compound could also be represented in a linear fashion, i.e., as a sequence of repeated units L-X-L-X-L, in which L is a ligand and is the same or different at each occurrence, as is X. However, a trivalent compound can also comprise three ligands attached to a central core, and thus be represented as (L),X, where the linker X could include. for example, an aryl or cycloalkyl group. Tetravalent compounds can be represented in a linear array:
L-X-L-X-L-X-L, : or a branched array:
L-X-L-X-L, .
L ie., a branched construct analogous to the isomers of butane (n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, and ¢- butyl). Alternatively, it could be represented as an aryl or cycloalkyl derivative as described above with four (4) ligands attached to the core linker. : The same considerations apply to higher multibinding compounds of this invention containing from 5-10 ligands. However, for multibinding agents attached to a central linker such as an aryl, cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl group, or a crown compound, there is a self-evident constraint that there must be sufficient attachment sites on the linker to accommodate the number of ligands present; for example, a benzene ring could not accommodate more than 6 ligands, whereas a multi-ring linker (e.g., bipbenyl) could accommodate a larger number of ligands.
The formula (L),(X), is also intended to represent a cyclic compound of formula (-L-
X-). ,where n is 2-10.
All of the above variations are intended to be within the scope of the invention defined by the fornmia (L)(X),. Examples of bivalent and higher-order valency compounds of this invention are provided in Figures 4A to 4D.
With the foregoing in mind, a preferred linker may be represented by the following formula: C
X-Z-(Y-Z)-Y-ZX'- in which: m is an integer of from 0 to 20; X’ at each separate occurrence is -O-, -S-, -S(0)-, -
S(0)z-, NR-, -N* R R’-, -C(O}-, -C(0)0-, -C(O)NH-, -C(S), -C(S)O-, -C(S)NH- or a covalent bond, where R and R’ at each separate occurrence are as defined below for R’ and R”’; Z is at each separate occurrence selected from alkylene, substituted alkylene, alkylalkoxy, cycloalkylene, substituted cycloalkylene, alkenylene, substituted alkenylene, alkynyiene, substituted alkynylene, cycloalkenylene, substituted alkenylene, arylene, substituted arylene, heteroarylene, heterocyclene, substituted heterocyclene, crown compounds, or a covalent bond; Y’ and Y*’ at each separate occurrence are selected from the group consisting of o 0 0
Py rd Ny J ™ A, pd
ES
1] ’ : R'
R ~~ N nN \ rd Nn A -P(O),(OR")-O-
EE
Q x
END NPR
Ny oo NE NT -S(0)-CRR"-, -S(O)-NR"-,
-8-5- or a covalent bond; in which: nis0, 1 or2; and R’ and R”’ at each separate occurrence re selected from hydrogen, alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclic. ‘5 Additionally, the linker moiety can be optionally substituted at any atom therein by one or more alkyl, substituted alkyl, cycloalkyl, substituted cycloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted alkenyl, alkynyl, substituted alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl and heterocyclic group.
As indicated above, the simplest (and preferred) construct is a bivalent compound which can be represented as L-X-L, where L is a K' channel ligand that is the same or different at each occurrence, and X is the linker. Accordingly, exampies of the preparation of a bivalent ligand are given below as an illustration of the manner in which multibinding compounds of Formuia I are obtained.
The reaction schemes that follow illustrate preferred linking strategies for linking phenylmethane sulfonamide (dofetilide, ibutilide, sematilide, sotalol, and E-4031) and benzofuran (amiodarone, desethrylamiodarone, NE-10064) classes of potassium channel modulators. These strategies are intended to apply as well to any K' channel ligand that includes, or can be functionalized with groups compatible with the chosen linker (c.g., azimilide and tedisamil).
As was previously discussed, the linker or linkers can be attached to different positions on the ligand molecule to achicve different orientations of the ligand domains and thereby facilitate multivalency. For example, the positions that are potentially available for linking a benrzofuran such as amiodarone are indicated by arrows in the structure shown in
Figure 5.
Preferred positions of attachment suggested by known SAR are illustrated in the ~ reaction schemes of Figures 7 to 21. Examples of ligands are shown in Table 4. .
Certain K* channel] ligands may be chiral and exhibit stereoselectivity. The most active enantiomers are preferably used as ligands in the multibinding compounds of this invention. The chiral resolution of enantiomers is accomplished by well known procedures that result in the formation of diastereomeric derivatives or salts, followed by conventional separation by chromatographic procedures or by fractional crystallization (see, e.g., Bossert, etal, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed, 20:762-769 (1981) and U.S. Patent No. 5,571,827 and references cited therein). They may also be obtained by asymmetric synthesis.
The ligands are covalently attached to the linker using conventional chemical techniques. The reaction chemistries resulting in such linkage are well known in the art and involve the coupling of reactive functional groups present on the linker and ligand. In some cases, it may be necessary to protect portions of the ligand that arc not involved in linking reactions. Protecting groups for this purpose are well known in the art and are indicated generally in the reaction schemes by the symbols PG and PG’.
Preferably, the reactive functional groups on the linker are selected relative to the functional groups on the ligand that are available for coupling, or can be introduced onto the ligand for this purpose. In some embodiments, the linker is coupled to ligand precursors, with the completion of ligand synthesis being carried out in a subsequent step. Where functional groups are lacking, they can be created by suitable chemistries that are described in standard organic chemistry texts such as J. March, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4 Ed (Wiley- Interscience, N.Y., 1992). Examples of the chemistry for connecting ligands by a linker are shown in Figure 6, where R' and R? represent a ligand and/ar the linking group.
One skilled in the art will appreciate that synthetically equivalent coupling reactions can be substituted for the reactions illustrated herein.
The linker to which the ligands or ligand precursors are attached comprises a “core” molecule having two or more fimctional groups with reactivity that is complementary to that a of the fimctional groups on the ligand. Figure 3 illustrates the diversity of “cores” that are useful for varying the linker size, shape, length, orientation, rigidity, acidity/basicity, hydrophobicity/hydrophilicity, hydrogen bonding characteristics and number of ligands connected. This pictorial representation is intended only to illustrate the invention, and not to limit its scope to the structures shown. In the Figures and reaction schemes that follow, a solid circle is used to generically represent a core molecule, referred to as “Link” in the
Examples. The solid circle is equivalent to a linker as defined above after reaction.
The preferred compounds of Formnla I are bivalent. Accordingly, and for the purpose of simplicity, most of the figures and reaction schemes below illustrate the synthesis of bivalent K* channel modulators. It should be noted, however, that the same techniques can be used to generate higher order muitibinding compounds, i.e, the compounds of the invention where p is 3-10. (See, c.g, Figure 15 and 20.)
Reactions performed under standard amide coupling conditions are carried out in an inert polar solvent (e.g., DMF, DMA) in the presence of a hindered base (c.g., TEA, DIPEA) and standard amide coupling reagents (e.g., DPPA, PyBOP, HATU, DCC).
Several methods for preparing bivalent benzofuran (BF) compounds, as exemplified here for amiodarone and structurally analogous molecules, are illustrated in the reaction schemes for amiodarone and dronedarone shown in Figure 7. These are described in detail in
Examples 1-3.
Several methods for preparing bivalent phenylmethane sulfonamide (PMS) . compounds, as exemplified by dofetilide, ibutilide, sematilide and sotalol, and structurally analogous molecules are illustrated in the reaction schemes shown in Figures 8 - 11. These are described in detail in Examples 4-11,
Several methods for preparing bivalent azimilide and tedisamil compounds are illustrated in the reaction schemes shown in Figures 12 - 13. These are described in detail in
Examples 12 - 14.
The strategies for preparing compounds of Formula I discussed above involve coupling the ligand directly to a homobifunctional core. Another strategy that can be used with afl ligands, and for the preparation of both bivalent and higher order multibinding compounds, is to introduce a ‘spacer’ before coupling to a central core. Such a spacer can itself be selected from the same set as the possible core compounds. Examples of this linking strategy using starting materials prepared as described above, are shown in Figure 14, where the spacer is represented by a black circle. As defined herein, the linker comprises the spacer + core. These are described in detail in Examples 15-17.
Compounds of Formula I of higher order valency, i.e., p>2, can be prepared by simple extension of the above strategies. As shown in Figure 15, compounds are prepared by coupling ligands to a central core bearing multiple functional groups. The reaction conditions are the same as described above for the preparation of bivalent compounds, with appropriate adjustments made in the molar quantities of ligand and reagents. These are described in detail in Examples 18-21.
Figures 16 and 17 show ligands coupled to a polypeptide core with a sidechain spacer.
Solid phase peptide synthesis can be used to produce a wide variety of peptidic core molecules. Techniques well-known to those skilled in the art (including combinatorial methods) are used to vary the distance between ligand attachment sites on the core molecule, the number of attachment sites available for coupling, and the chemical properties of the core : molecule. Orthogonal protecting groups are used to selectively protect functional groups on the core molecule, thus allowing ancillary groups to be inserted into the linker of the multibinding compound and/or the preparation of “heterovalomers” (i.e., multibinding = compounds with nonidentical ligands).
All of the synthetic strategies described above employ a step in which the ligand, attached to spacers or not, is symmetrically linked to functionally equivalent positions on a central core. Compounds of Formula I can also be synthesized using an asymmetric linear approach. This strategy is preferred when linking two or more ligands at different points of connectivity (see, e.g., Figure 18) or when preparing heterovalomers (see, e.g., Figure 19).
These are described in detail in Examples 22-25.
Isolation and purification of the compounds and intermediates described herein can be effected, if desired, by any suitable separation or purification such as, for example, filtration, extraction, crystallization, column chromatography, thin-layer chromatography, thick-layer chromatography, preparative low or high-pressure liquid chromatography or a combination of these procedures. Characterization is preferably by NMR and mass Spectroscopy.
Utility and Testing
The multibinding compounds of this invention can be used to modulate potassium channels in various tissues including heart, muscle, and neurons. They will typically be used for the treatment of diseases and conditions in mammals that involve or are mediated by K* channels, such as hypertension, cardiac arrythmias, cerebral ischemia, congestive heart failure, and the like.
The multibinding compounds of this invention are tested in well-known and reliable assays and their activities are compared with those of the corresponding unlinked (i.e., monovalent) ligands.
The binding affinity is determined by a radioligand competitive inhibition assay
The ability of the present compounds to compete with "H]dofetilide or a similar radioactive “ligand in binding to high- and low-affinity binding sites of guinea pig ventricular myocytes is 67- oo measured in vitro, The binding affinity, calculated from competition curves, is compared with that of the monovalent ligand and/or monovalent linker-ligand conjugate. Atiamhythmic eff
Antiarrhythmic effect of compounds of this invention may be determined in vivo in dogs with induced myocardial infarction and reproducibly inducible ventricular tachycardia or ventricular fibrillation.'” Suppression of inducible arrhythmias is measured.
The antifibrillatory and antiarrhythmic effects of the compounds of this invention may be determined in vivo using a canine model of sudden death.” Reduction of the incidence of programmed electrical stimulation (PES) induced ventricular tachycardia and protection against ischemia-induced ventricular fibrillation are measured. :
The antiarrhythmic effect of the compounds of this invention may be determined in vivo using the mouse chloroform model.® The percentage of animals showing normal sims rhythm is measured.
The antiarrhythmic effect of the compounds of this invention may be determined in © vivo using the rat coronary ligation model. Ventricular extrasystoles occurring during the 30 minutes following the procedure are counted.
The antiarrhythmic effect of the compounds of this invention may be determined in vitro or in vivo using rat coronary artery ligation/reperfusion models? In the in vitro model, excised rat hearts are retrogradely perfused with a solution of the compound to be tested, then the coronary artery is ligated, followed by reperfusion. In the in vivo evaluation, the compound is administered i.p., then the coronary artery is ligated, followed by reperfusion. In both models the incidence and time to onset during reperfusion of ventricular extrasystole, tachyarrhythmia and fibrillation are measured.
The antiarrhythmic effect of the compounds of this invention may be determined in vivo using an anesthetized rat model of ventricular arrhythmias.® The time to onset of - ventricular extrasystoles is measured.
The antiarrhythmic effect of the compounds of this invention may be determined in vivo using a canine myocardial infarction model where compound is administered 24 hours after ligation of the left anterior descending coronary artery! Right ventricular effective refractory period, monophasic action potential duration and reduction of PES induced ventricular tachycardia and ventricular fibrillation are measured.
The ability of the compounds of this invention to prolong the action potential (achieve a slower onset of active state block) and recover faster from block may be determined in vitro using rabbit ventricular myocytes.** Development of block during a long depolarizing clamp and recovery from block are measured. } The ability of the compounds of this invention to suppress repolarization arrhythmias may be determined in vitro using canine epicardium midmyocardium and endocardium and canine cardiac Purkinje fibers and in vivo using anesthetized rabbits. 2%
The ability of the compounds of this invention to suppress arrhythmias may be détermined in vivo using the feline coronary occlusion and left stellate ganglion stimulation model, the conscious canine model of transient ischemia during exercise in the presence of a healed MI and the conscious canine model of complete occlusion after recent MLL
The ability of the compounds of this invention to prolong action potential duration magy be determined in vivo and in vitro using guinea pig hearts,” and in vitro using calf cardiac Purkinje fibers.®
The ability of the compounds of this invention to prevent atrial fibrillation (AF) may be determined using a canine model of sustained vagotonic AF Prevention of AF induction is measured. Reverse use dependence may also be determined.
Effect on tachycardia
The effect of compounds of this invention on tachycardia may be determined in vitro using rabbit right atrial preparations. Micro-electrode techniques are used to measure the ability to prolong the refractory period and thus prevent initiation of tachycardia.
The effect of the compounds of this invention on tachyarrhythmias may be determined in vitro using guinea pig right ventricular papillary muscle? The action potential duration at different extracellular potassium concentrations is measured.
Effect on potassium currents
The effect of compounds of this invention on the repolarization currents I, and IL, may be determined in vitro using whole cell recordings in cat ventricular myocytes and papillary muscles from the hearts of oophorectomized rabbits. **! ~The effect of compounds of this invention on various specific potassium current may be determined in vitro using guinea pig ventricular myocytes and sinoatrial node cells, human atrial myocytes, canine ventricular muscle and Purkinje fibers, guinea pig papillary muscle, single voltage clamped guinea pig ventricular myocytes and human ventricular endomyocardium $1>17252323337.51.66.69.11
The ability of compounds of this invention to inhibit potassium currents in a non- cardiac preparation may be determined using rat taste receptor cells.®
Selectivity and/or Specificity:
The ability of compounds of this invention to modulate the KATP channel may be determined using a “Rb efflux assay.'** Thus, this is a potency assay.
The selectivity and/or specificity of the compounds of this invention may be determined using CHO cell lines expressing specific recombinant potassium channel subtypes.>*.
The selectivity of compounds of this invention for various potassium channel currents may be determined in vitro using cloned K channels expressed in cells or ventricular myocytes. 2 :
The selectivity of compounds of this invention for various receptors may be determined in vitro using rat synaptosomal membrane. (Pong, et al. “Binding profile of NE- 10064, a novel Class ITI anti-arrhythmic agent to rat brain receptors”, Faseb J., 7:A474 (1993).
Anti . fvity
Antivasoconstrictor activity is determined as described in Brittain, et al., Physiologist, 28:325 (1985) as the concentration of a compound required to produce 50% vasorelaxation in
KCl-contracted rabbit thoracic aorta strips in the presence of calcium. Alternatively, the concentration of a compound required to inhibit coronary vasoconstriction induced by a thromboxane mimetic (U-46619, i.e, 9,1 1-methanoepoxy-PGH,) in guinea pig Langendorff heart preparation is measured as described in Eltze, et al., Chirality, 2:233-240 (1990).
Anti} . ,
Anil . tvity is determined in mal iv | ive mats by measurement of mean arterial blood pressure (Rovnyak, et al., J. Med, Chem., 35:3254-3263 = (1992). :
Ti lectivi . Selectivity for vascular smooth muscle as compared with cardiac muscle can be assessed by comparing the concentration of a multibinding compound that produces a 50% increase in coronary blood flow in an isolated guinea-pig heart with that required to inhibit 5S myocardial contractility. See, e.g., Osterrieder, W. and Holck, M., J. Cardiovasc, Pharm. 13:754-9 (1989); and Cremers, et al, J. Cardiovasc. Pharm., 29:692-696 (1997).
Combi ial Librari
The methods described above lend themsetves to combinatorial approaches for identifying multimeric compounds which possess multibinding properties for potassium channels.
Specifically, factors such as the proper juxtaposition of the individual ligands of a multibinding compound with respect to the relevant array of binding sites on a target or targets is important in optimizing the interaction of the multibinding compound with its target(s) and to maximize the biological advantage through multivalency. One approach is to identify a library of candidate multibinding compounds with properties spanning the muitibinding parameters that are relevant for a particular target. These parameters include: (1) the identity of ligand(s), (2) the orientation of ligands, (3) the valency of the construct, (4) linker length, (5) linker geometry, (6) linker physical properties, and (7) linker chemical functional groups.
Libraries of multimeric compounds potentially possessing muitibinding properties (i.e., candidate multibinding compounds) and comprising a multiplicity of such variables are prepared and these libraries are then evaluated via conventional assays corresponding to the ligand selected and the multibinding parameters desired. Considerations relevant to © each of these variables are set forth below:
Selection of ligand(s)
A single ligand or set of ligands is (are) selected for incorporation into the libraries of candidate muitibinding compounds which library is directed against a particular biological target or targets. The only requirement for the ligands chosen is that they are capable of interacting with the selected target(s). Thus, ligands may be known drugs, modified forms of known drugs, substructures of known drugs or substrates of modified forms of known drugs (which are competent to interact with the target), or other compounds. Ligands are preferably chosen based on known favorable properties that may be projected to be carried over to or amplified in multibinding forms. Favorable properties include demonstrated safety and efficacy in human patients, appropriate PK/ADME profiles, symthetic accessibility, and desirable physical properties such as solubility, logP, etc. However, it is crucial to note that ligands which display an unfavorable property from among the previous list may obtain a more favorable property through the process of multibinding compound formation; i.e., ligands should not necessarily be excluded on such a basis. For example, a ligand that is not sufficiently potent at a particular target so as to be efficacious in a iuman patient may become highly potent and efficacious when presented in muitibinding form. A ligand that is potent and efficacious but not of utility because of a non-mechanism-related toxic side effect may have increased therapeutic index (increased potency relative to toxicity) as a multibinding compound. Compounds that exhibit short in viv half-lives may have extended half-lives as multibinding compounds. Physical properties of ligands that limit their usefulness (e.g. poor bioavailability doe to low solubility, hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity) may be rationally modulated in multibinding forms, providing compounds with physical properties consistent with the desired utility.
Several points are chosen on each ligand at which $0 attach the ligand to the linker.
The selected points on the ligand/linker for attachment are functionalized to contain the ligands to their receptor(s) in multiple relative orientations, an important multibinding design parameter, The only requirement for choosing attachment points is that attaching to at least one of these points does not abrogate activity of the ligand. Such points for attachment can be identified by structural information when available. For example, inspection of a co-crystal structure of a protease inhibitor bound to its target allows one to identify one or more sites where linker attachment will not preclude the enzyme: inhibitor interaction. Alternatively, evaluation of ligand/target binding by muclear magnetic resonance will permit the identification of sites non-essential for ligand/target binding. See, for example, Fesik, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,891,643. When such structural information is ‘10 not available, utilization of structure-activity relationships (SAR) for ligands will suggest positions where substantial structural variations are and are not allowed. In the absence of both structural and SAR information, a library is merely selected with multiple points of attachment to allow presentation of the ligand in multiple distinct orientations. Subsequent evaluation of this library will indicate what positions are suitable for attachment.
Itis important to emphasize that positions of attachment that do abrogate the activity of the monomeric ligand may also be advantageously included in candidate multibinding compounds in the library provided that such compounds bear at least one ligand attached in a manner which does not abrogate intrinsic activity. This selection derives from, for example, heterobivalent interactions within the context of a single target molecule. For example, consider a receptor antagonist ligand bound to its target receptor, and then consider modifying this ligand by attaching to it a second copy of the same ligand with a linker which allows the second ligand to interact with the same receptor molecule at sites ‘proximal to the antagonist binding site, which include elements of the receptor that are not part of the formal antagonist binding site and/or elements of the matrix surrounding the .receptor such as the membrane. Here, the most favorable orientation for interaction of the second ligand molecule with the receptor/matrix may be achieved by attaching it to the ) linker at a position which abrogates activity of the ligand at the formal antagonist binding site. Another way to consider this is that the SAR of individual ligands within the context of a multibinding strocture is often different from the SAR of those same ligands in momomeric form.
The foregoing discussion focused on bivalent interactions of dimeric compounds : bearing two copies of the same ligand joined to a single linker through different attachment points, one of which may abrogate the binding/activity of the monomeric ligand. It should also be understood that bivalent advantage may also be attained with heterodimeric constructs bearing two different ligands that bind to common or different targets. For - example, a SHT, receptor antagonist and a bladder-selective muscarinic M; antagonist may be joined to a linker through attachment points which do not abrogate the binding affinity of the monomeric ligands for their respective receptor sites. The dimeric compound may achieve enhanced affinity for both receptors due to favorable interactions between the SHT, ligand and elements of the M, receptor proximal to the formal M, antagonist binding site and between the M; ligand and elements of the SHT, receptor proximal to the formal SHT, antagonist binding site. Thus, the dimeric compound may be more potent and selective antagonist of overactive bladder and a superior therapy for urinary urge incontinence.
Once the ligand attachment points have been chosen, one identifies the types of chemical linkages that are possible at those points. The most preferred types of chemical linkages are those that are compatible with the overall structure of the ligand (or protected forms of the ligand) readily and generally formed, stable and intrinsically inocaous under typical chemical and physiological conditions, and compatible with a large mmber of available linkers. Amide bonds, ethers, amines, carbamates, ureas, and sulfonamides are but a few examples of preferred linkages.
Linkers: . I Itibindi ) }
In the library of linkers employed to generate the library of candidate multibinding compounds, the selection of linkers employed in this library of linkers takes into consideration the following factors:
Yalency, In most instances the library of linkers is initiated with divalent linkers.
The choice of ligands and proper juxtaposition of two ligands relative to their binding sites permits such molecules to exhibit target binding affinities and specificities more than sufficient to confer biological advantage. Furthermore, divalent linkers or constructs are also typically of modest size such that they retain the desirable biodistribution properties of small molecules.
Linker length, Linkers are chosen in a range of lengths to allow the spanning of a range of inter-ligand distances that encompass the distance preferable for a given divalent interaction. In some instances the preferred distance can be estimated rather precisely from high-resolution structural information of targets, typically enzymes and soluble receptor targets. In other instances where high-resolution structural information is not available (such as 7TM G-protein coupled receptors), one can make use of simple models to estimate the maximum distance between binding sites either on adjacent receptors or at different locations on the same receptor. “In situations where two binding sites are present on the same target (or target subunit for multisubunit targets), preferred linker distances are 2-20
A, with more preferred linker distances of 3-12 A. In situations where two binding sites reside on separate (e.g., protein) target sites, preferred linker distances are 20-100 A, with more preferred distances of 30-70 A.
Linker geometry and rigidity. The combination of ligand attachment site, linker } length, linker geometry, and linker rigidity determine the possible ways in which the ligands of candidate mmltibinding compounds may be displayed in three dimensions and thereby presented to their binding sites. Linker geometry and rigidity are nominally determined by chemical composition and bonding pattern, which may be controlled and are systematically varied as another spanning function in a muitibinding array. For example, linker geometry is varied by attaching two ligands to the ortho, meta, and para positions of a benzene ring, or in cis- or trans-arrangements at the 1,1- vs. 1,2- vs. 1,3- vs. 1,4 positions around a cyclohexane core or in cis- or trans-arrangements at a point of ethylene unsaturation. Linker rigidity is varied by controlling the number and relative energies of different conformational states possible for the linker. For example, a divalent compound bearing two ligands joined by 1,8-octyl linker has many more degrees of freedom, and is therefore less rigid than a compound in which the two ligands are attached to the 4,4" positions of a biphenyl linker.
Linker physical properties. The physical properties of linkers are nominally determined by the chemical constitution and bonding patterns of the linker, and linker physical properties impact the overall physical properties of the candidate mmitibinding compounds in which they are included. A range of linker compositions is typically selected to provide a range of physical properties (hydrophobicity, hydrophilicity, amphiphilicity, polarization, acidity, and basicity) in the candidate multibinding compounds. The particular choice of linker physical properties is made within the context of the physical propertics of the ligands they join and preferably the goal is to generate molecules with favorable PK/ADME properties. For example, linkers can be selected to avoid those that are too hydrophilic or too hydrophobic to be readily absorbed and/or distributed in vivo.
Linker chemical functional groups, Linker chemical fonctional groups are selected to be compatible with the chemistry chosen to connect linkers to the ligands and to impart the range of physical properties sufficient to span initial examination of this parameter,
Having chosen a set of » ligands (n being determined by the sum of the number of different attachment points for each ligand chosen) and m linkers by the process outlined ~ above, a library of (n!)m candidate divalent multibinding compounds is prepared which spans the relevant mmitibinding design parameters for a particular target. For example, an array generated from two ligands, one which has two attachment points (Al, A2) and one which has three attachment points (B1, B2, B3) joined in all possible combinations provide for at least 15 possible combinations of multibinding compounds:
Al-A1 Al-A2 Al1-B1 Al-B2 Al-B3 A2-A2 A2-B1 A2-B2
A2-B3 B1-B1 B1-B2 B1-B3 B2-B2 B2-B3 B3-B3
When each of these combinations is joined by 10 different linkers, a library of 150 candidate multibinding compounds results.
Given the combinatorial nature of the library, common chemistries are preferably used to join the reactive functionalies on the ligands with complementary reactive functionalities on the linkers. The library therefore lends itself to efficient parallel synthetic methods. The combinatorial library can employ solid phase chemistries well known in the art wherein the ligand and/or linker is attached to a solid support. Alternatively and . preferably, the combinatorial libary is prepared in the solution phase. After synthesis, . candidate multibinding compounds are optionally purified before assaying for activity by, for example, chromatographic methods (e.g., HPLC). 25 .
Various methods are used to characterize the properties and activities of the ) candidate multibinding compounds in the library to determine which compounds possess
- _. 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777 multibinding properties. Physical constants such as solubility under various solvent conditions and logD/clogD values can be determined. A combination of NMR spectroscopy and computational methods is used to determine low-tmergy conformations of the candidate mmitibinding compounds in fluid media. The ability of the members of the library to bind to the desired target and other targets is determined by various standard methods, which include radioligand displacement assays for receptor and ion channel targets, and kinetic inhibition analysis for many enzyme targets. In vitro efficacy, such as for receptor agonists and antagonists, ion channel blockers, and antimicrobial activity, can also be determined. Pharmacological data, including oral absorption, everted gut penetration, other pharmacokinetic parameters and efficacy data can be determined in : appropriate models. In this way, key strucmre-activity relationships are obtained for muitibinding design parameters which are then used to direct future work.
The members of the library which exhibit multibinding properties, as defined herein, can be readily determined by conventional methods. First those members which exhibit multibinding properties are identified by conventional methods as described above including conventional assays (both in vitro and in vivo).
Second, ascertaining the structure of those compounds which exhibit multibinding properties can be accomplished via art recognized procedures. For example, cach member of the library can be encrypted or tagged with appropriate information allowing determination of the structure of relevant members at a later time. See, for example,
Dower, et al., International Patent Application Publication No. WO 93/06121; Brenner, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., USA, 89:5181 (1992); Gallop, et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,846,839; each of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
Alicraatively, the structure of relevant multivalent compounds can also be determined from soluble and untagged Tibaries of candidate mmitivalent compounds by methods known in the art such as those described by Hindsgaul, et al., Canadian Patent Application No.
2,240,325 which was published on July 11, 1998. Such methods couple frontal affinity chromatography with mass spectroscopy to determine both the structure and relative binding affinities of candidate multibinding compounds to receptors.
The process set forth above for dimeric candidate mmitibinding compounds can, of course, be extended to trimeric candidate compounds and higher analogs thereof.
Fallow- hesi { analysis of additional A
Based on the information obtained through analysis of the initial library, .an optional component of the process is to ascertain one or more promising multibinding "lead" compounds as defined by particular relative ligand orientations, linker lengths, linker geometries, etc. Additional libraries can then be generated around these leads to provide for further information regarding structure to activity relationships. These arrays typically bear more focused variations in linker structure in an effort to further optimize target affinity and/or activity at the target (antagonism, partial agonism, etc.), and/or alter physical properties. By iterative redesign/analysis using the novel principles of multibinding design along with classical medicinal chemistry, biochemistry, and pharmacology approaches, one is able to prepare and identify optimal multibinding compounds that exhibit biological advantage towards their targets and as therapeutic agents.
To further elaborate upon this procedure, suitable divalent linkers include, by way of example only, those derived from dicarboxylic acids, disulfonylhalides, dialdechydes, diketones, dihalides, diisocyanates,diamines, diols, mixtures of carboxylic acids, sulfonylhalides, aldehydes, ketones, halides, isocyanates, amines and diols. In each case, the carboxylic acid, sulfonylhalide, aldehyde, ketone, halide, isocyanate, amine and diol functional group is reacted with a complementary functionality on the ligand to form a covalent linkage. Such complementary functionality is well known in the art as illustrated in the following table:
COMPLEMENTARY BINDING CHEMISTRIES hydroxyl isocyanate urethane 3 amine epoxide B-hydroxyamine sulfonyl halide amine sulfonamide carboxyl acid amine amide hydroxyl alkyl/aryl halide " ether aldehyde amine/NaCNBH, amine ketone amine/NaCNBH, amine amine isocyanate carbamate
Exemplary linkers include the following linkers identified as X-1 through X-418 as set forth below:
TES FE RE]
TT eg
RE < oR pOpe
Fe [EE eg Pe TE al a =
Sp FE TT
Ea
TTT 1 T°
Force FoR [iv | 2 cc a a : om
TR o == [NPT =
RS ae TTR =n
Ne ° ay
Pee 8h,
BAA AAA = x7 a ~~ - a = [NL
IN a a
EE
Sn
TE ew ol
SE EE
Tm
TTT TS eo TE
Ea al —
HANAN, OO HN AA, CV
SI CL wm J Q
X-n 19) X-293 X-294| X29 x29
FH H HE AAA NN)
Jagan oll RE “Oo . - - X-29¢ - X-200 X-Jot x)
OO [TE
LJ CL
OOO | 0, [7 [oF LEVI
CC. PEON Oo
X-3 . X10 X34 X-312] X13 - x14 . [Tanga 9 GO ™ .- . : "ew, - , HN,
WARN \ oe pei nC x0 X-316] X-317 X13 X-319) X-120)
EE
Rg
X11 X-122 pL: 7 X35] on ot - MN 08 has ot TT ™ Ho’ on
Wo oN a. ° > 3% ON X37 X38] LL» X-129/ xe p22]
TTT Np eo
He oH, ope ge fi y OE I< aay
X13] px: X-334 %-338 X-336/ :
Bt a a SE LN a . x 4 x oy a
X-338) X39) X-340) A341 X43] A343!
Wo” NNSA EN NN EN » = oN Non
IZSIURI BUA do . ot . X-344 X-348 X-344] x) 348
X38 : _ X-332) X-33) 394) X33 a nan | ~~ Ue ™ (y™ ) oH 336/ X-337 X-393/ X-38! X-160 X36) wo ISASANAH oY Ney Avo “ ~~ SI . oe - 7 C, =
X-362 X-263 X-364| X-363| A366 X-267 a aa —— ~~ ~
T=L, 0
Ea
I a at al aa
RR =
I JES sou oT ning =
FEE TI
Representative ligands for use in this invention include, by way of example, L-1 through L4. L-1 ligands are benzofuran compounds (e.g., 7A-1, 7B-1 or 7C-1 of
Examples 1-3). Phenylmethane sulfonamide structures are designated L-2 ligands (e.g. , 8A-1, 8B-1, 8C-1, 9A-1, 9B-1, 10A-1, 10B-1, or 11-1 of Examples 4-11). L-3 ligands are azimilide compounds (e.g., 12-1, 12-3 of Examples 12-13). L4 ligands are tedisamil compounds (e.g., 13-1 of Example 14).
Combinations of ligands (L) and linkers (X) per this invention include, by way example only, homo- and hetero-dimers wherein a first ligand is selected from L-1 through
L-4 above and the second ligand and linker is selected from the following:
L-UX-1- L-1/X2- LUX3 L-UX4 LUXS5 LUX
L-U/X7- L-UX8 L-/X9- L-UX-10- L-U/X-11- L-1I/X-12-
L-1/X-13- L-1/X-14 L-UX-15- L-UX-16- L-UX-17- L-U/X-18 L-UX-19- L-/X-20- L-UX2l- L-UX-22- LUX23> L-1/X24
L-UX-25- L-1/X26- L-UX27- L-UX28 L-UX25- L-UX-36
L-U/X31- L-UX-32- L-UX33- L-UX34 LUX35 LUX36 L-UX37- L-UX-38- L-1/X-39- L-1/X40- L-1/X4l- L-1/X42-
L-1/X43- L-U/X44- L-1/X45- L-UX46 LUX47- L-UX48
L-UX49- L-UUX-50- L-U/X-51- L-UX-52- L-UX-53- L-L/X-54-
L-UX-55- LA/X-5- L-U/X57- LU/XSS LUX-59- L-U/X-60-
L-UX-61- L-1/X-62- L-1/X-63- L-1/X-64- L-1/X-65- L-1/X-66-
L-UX-67- L-1/X-68- L-1/X-69- L-1/X-70- L-UX-71- L-UX-72-
L-UX-73- L-UX74 L-U/X75- L-U/X-76- L-UX-71- L-UX-78-
LUX-79- L-UX-80- L-1/X-81- L-1/X-8- L-UX-8- LUX84
L-1/X-85- L-1/X-86- . L-1/X-87- L-1/X-88- L-/X-89- L-1/X-90-
L-UX91- L-1/X-92- L-1/X93- L-UX-94- L-UX-95 L-1/X-96
L-1/X-97- L-1/X-98- L-1/X-99- L-1/X-100- L-I/X-101- L-1/X-102-
L-1/X-103- L-1/X-104- L-1/X-105- L-1/X-106- L-I/X-107- L-1/X-108-
L-I/X-109- L-1/X-1100 L-1/X-111- L-1/X-112- L-UX-113- L-1/X-114-
L-U/X-115- L-UVX-116- L-UX-117- L-U/X-118- L-UX-119- LI/X-120-
L-1/X-121- L-U/X-122- L-1/X-123- L-1/X-124 L-UX-125- L-1/X-126- L1/X-127- L-UX-128 L-U/X-129- L-UX-130- L-UX-131- L-U/X-132-
L-UX-133- L-UX-134 L-UX-135- L-UX-136- L-UX-137- L-1/X-138-
L-1/X-139- L-UX-140- - L-1/X-141- L-UX-142- L-UX-143- L-UX-144-
L-1/X-145- L-1/X-146- L-1/X-147- L-1/X-148- L-UX-149 L-1/X-150-
L-1/X-151- L-UX-152- L-UX-153- L-/X-154 L-UX-155- L-1/X-156- L-1/X-157- L-1/X-158 L-1/X-159- L-1/X-160- L-1/X-161- L-1/X-162-
L-1/X-163- L-U/X-164- L-1/X-165- L-1/X-166- L-UX-167- L-1/X-168-
L-UX-169- L-UX-170- L-U/X-171- L-UX-172- L-UX-173- L-UX-174
L-1/X-175- L-1/X-176- L-/X-177- L-/X-178- L-UX-179- L-1/X-180-
L-U/X-181- L-1/X-182- L-1/X-183- L-1/X-184- L-1/X-185- L-1/X-186- L-1/X-187- L-1/X-188- L-1/X-189- L-1/X-190- L-1/X-191- L-1/X-192-
L-1/X-193- L-1/X-194 L-1/X-195- L-1/X-196- L-1/X-197- L-1/X-19%
L-1/X-199- L-I/X-200- L-1/X-201- L-1/X-202- L-1/X-203- L-1/X-204-
L-1/X-205- L-1/X-206- L-1/X-207- L-1/X-208- L-1/X-209- L-1/X-210-
L-1/X-211- L-U/X-212- L-/X-213- L-1/X-214- L-/X-215- L-1/X-216-
L-UX217- LUX218 LUX219- L1/X220- L-VX-221- L-1/X-222-
L-UX-223- L-UX-24- L-U/X225- L-I/X-226- L-UX-227- L-UX-228-
L-U/X-229- L-1/X-230- L-1/X-231- L-1/X-232- L-UX-233- L-1/X-234-
L-1/X-235- L-1/X-236- L-1/X237- L-1/X-238- L-1/X-239- L-1/X-240-
L-1/X-241- L-1/X-242- L-1/X-243- L-1/X-244- L-U/X-245- L-U/X-246- L-UX-247- L-UX-248- L-UX-249- L-UX-250- L-UX-251- L-U/X-252-
L-UX-253- L-U/X-24 L-UX-255- L-U/X-25- L-UX-257- L-UX-258-
L-U/X-259- L-1/X-260- L-1/X-261- L-U/X-262- L-UX-263- L-UX-264-
L-UX-265- L-UX-266- L-1/X-267- L-1/X-268- L-UX-268- L-UX-270-
oo. 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777 :
L-U/X-271- L-/X-272- L-1/X273- L-1/X274- L-U/X-275- L-1/X-276-
L-U/X-277- L-1/X-278- L-1/X-279- L-1/X-280- L-1/X-281- L-1/X-282-
L-1/X-283- L-1/X-284- L-1/X-285- L-1/X-286- L-1/X-287- L-1/X-288-
L-1/X-289- L-1/X-290- L-1/X-291- L-1/X-292- L-1/X-293- L-1/X-294- L-UX-295- L-1/X-296- L-1/X-297- L-1/X298 L-1/X-299- L-1/X-300-
L-U/X-301- L-1/X-302- L-1/X-303- L-1/X-304 L-1/X-305- L-1/X-306-
L-1/X-307- L-1/X-308- - L-1/X-309- L-1/X-310- L-1/X-311- L-1/X-312-
L-1/X-313- L-1/X-314 L-1/X-315- L-/X-316- L-UX-317- L-1/X-318-
L-1/X-319- L-1/X-320- L-1I/X-321- L-1/X-322- L-UX-323- L-U/X-324-
L-U/X-325- L-1/X-326- L-1/X-327- L-/X-328- L-U/X-329- L-1/X-330-
L-1/X-331- L-1/X-332- L-1/X-333- L-1/X-334 L-1/X-335- L-1/X-336-
L-1/X-337- L-1/X-338- L-1/X-339- L-1/X-340- L-1/X-341- L-1/X-342-
L-1/X-343- L-1/X-344- L-1/X-345- L-1/X-346- L-1/X-347- L-1/X-348-
L-1/X-349- L-1/X-350- L-UX-351- L-1/X-352- L-U/X-353- L-1/X-354- L-1/X-355- L-1/X-356- L-1/X-357- L-1/X-358- L-1/X-359- L-1/X-360-
L-1/X-361- L-1/X-362- L-1/X-363- L-1/X-364 L-1/X-365- L-1/X-366-
L-1/X-367- L-1/X-368- L-1/X-369- L-1/X-370- L-UX-371- L-UX-372-
L-1/X-373- L-1/X-374- L-1/X-375- L-1/X-376- L-UX-377- L-1/X-378-
L-1/X-379- L-1/X-380- L-1/X-381- L-1/X-382- L-1/X-383- L-1/X-384- L-1/X-385- L-1/X-386- L-1/X-387- L-1/X-388- L-1/X-389- L-1/X-390-
L-1/X-391- L-1/X-392- L-1/X-393- L-1/X-394- L-1/X-395- L-1/X-396-
L-1/X-397- . L-1/X-398- L-1/X-399- L-1/X-400- L-1/X-401- L-1/X-402-
L-1/X-403- L-1/X-404- L-1/X-405- L-1/X-406- L-1/X-407- L-1/X-408-
L-1/X-409- L-1/X-410- L-1/X411- L-U/X412- L-UX-413- L-UX-414 L-1/X-415- L-1/X-416- L-1/X417- L-1/X-418-
L-2/X-1- . L2X-2- L2/X3 L2/X4- L2X5- L2X+6
L2/X-7- L2/X-8 L2X-9 L2UX10- L2X-11- L2/X-12-
L-2/X-13- L2/X-14 L-2X-15- L2/X16 L2X17- L2UX-18-
L-2/X-19- L-2/X-20- L-2/X-21- L2/X22- LUX-23- LUX-2%4
L-2/X-25- L2/X26- L2X2]- L2/X28 L2X29- L-2/X-30-
L-2/X-31- LX-32- L2X33 LUX34 L2X35- L2UX36 L2X37- L2X38 L2X39- LUX40- L2UX4l- L2UX42-
L-2/X-43- L-2/X44 L-2/X-45- L-2/X-46- L-2X47- L2X48-
L-2/X-49- L-2/X-50- - L-2/X-51- L-2/X-52- L-2/X-53- L-2/X-54-
L-2/X-55- L-2/X-56- L-2/X-57- L-2/X-58- L-2X-5%- L-2/X-60-
L-/X-61- L-2/X-62- L-2/X-63- L-2/X-64 LUX-65 L-UX-66-
L2/X67- L-2X-68- L-2/X-69- L-2/X-70- LUX-Tl- LUX-T2-
L-2/X-73- L2/X-74 L2/X-75- L2UX76 LUX-TI- L-2UX-18
L2/X-79- L2/%-80- L-2/X-81- L2/X-82- L2X8- LUX-834
L-2/X-85- L-2/X-86- L-2/X-87- L-2/X-88- L-2/X-89- L-2/X-90-
L2/X-91- L2/X92- L2X93 L2UXS4 L2UXS5 LUX-96- L2/X97- L2/X-98 L-2X9 L2/X-1000 L-2/X-101- L-2/X-102-
L-2/X-103- L-2/X-104 L-2/X-105- L-2/X-106- L-2/X-107- L-2/X-108-
L-2/X-109- L-2/X-110- L-2/X-111- L2/X-112- L-2/X-113- L-2/X-114-
L-2/X-115- L-2/X-116- L-2/X-117- L-2/X-118 L-2/X-119- L-2/X-120-
L-2/X-121- L2/X-122- L-2/X-123- L-2/X-124 L-2/X-125- L-2/X-126- L2/X-127- L-2/X-128 L-UX-129- L-2/X-130- LUX-131- L-2/X-132-
L-2/X-133- L-2/X-13 L-2/X-135- L-2/X-136- L-2/X-137- L-2/X-138-
L2/X-133- L-2/X-140- L-2X-141- L-2X-142- L2/X-143- L-2/X-144-
L-2/X-145- L-2/X-146- L-2/X-147- L-2/X-148- L-2X-149- L-2/X-150-
L-2/X-151- L-2/X-152- L-2/X-153- L-2/X-154 L-2UX-155- L-2J/X-156- L2/X-157- L2/X-158- L-2/X-159- L2UX-160- L-UX-16l- L2UX-162-
L2/X-163 L2/X-164 L-2/X-165 L-2/X-166 L-2/X-167 L2UX-168
L-2/X-160 L2/X-170 L-2X-171 L2UX-1T2 LUX173- L2UX-174 . LUX175- L2X-176- L-2X-177- LUX-178- L-UX-179- L-2UX-180-
L-2/X-181- L2/X-182- L-2/X-183- L-2/X-18% L-2/X-185- L-2/X-186-
L2/X-187- L2/X-188- L-2/X-189- L2/X-190- L2/X-191- L-2/X-192-
L-2/X-193- L-2/X-194- L2/X-195- L-2/X-196- L2/X-197- L-2/X-198-
L2/X-199- L2/X200- L-2/X-201- L-2/X-202- L2/X-203- L-2/X-204- L2/X-205- L2/X206- L2/X-207- L-2/X208- L2/X-209- L-2/X-210-
L2/X-211- L2/X212- L2/X-213- L-2/X-214 L2X-215- L-2/X-216-
L2/X-217- L-2/X-218- - L2/X-219- L-2/X-220- L2UX-221- L-2/X-222-
L2/X-223- L-2/X-224 L-2/X-225- L-2/X-226- L2UX-227- L-2/X-228-
L2/X-229- L2UX230- L2X-231- L2/X232- L2UX233- L2UX-234 L2/X-235- L-2/X-236- L-2/X-237- L-2/X-238- L-2/X-239- L-2/X-240-
L2/X-241- L-2/X-242- L-2/X-243- L-2/X-244- L2/X-245- L-2/X-246-
L2/X-247- L-2/X-248- L-2/X-249- L-2/X-250- L-2/X-251- L-2/X-252-
L2/X-253- L-2/X-254- L-2/X-255- L-2/X-256- L2/X-257- L-2/X-258-
L-2/X-259- L-2/X-260- L-2/X-261- L-2/X-262- L-2/X-263- L-2/X-264- L2/X265- L-2/X-266- L-2/X-267- L-2/X-268- L-2X-269- L-2/X-270-
L2/X-271- L2/X272- L2X-273- L2/X274- L2UX215- L2UX-276-
L2/X271- L2X278- L2/X-279- L-2/X280- L2/X-281- L-2/X-282-
L-2/X-283- L2/X-284- L2/X-285- L-2/X-286- L-2/X-287- L-2/X-288-
L-2/X-289- L-2/X-290- L-2/X-291- L-2/X-292- L-2/X-293- L-2/X-294-
L2/X-205- L-2/X-296- L-2/X-207- L-2/X-298- L-2/X-299- L-2/X-300-
L2/X-301- L-2/X-302- L-2/X-303- L-2/X-304- L-2/X-305- L-2/X-306-
L2/X-307- L-2/X-308- L-2/X-309- L-2/X-310- L-2/X-311- L-2/X-312-
L2/X-313- L-2/X-314- L-2/X-315- L-2/X316- L-2/X-317- L-2/X-318
L2/X-319- L-2/X-320- L-2/X-321- L-2/X-322- -L-2/X-323- L-2/X-324-
Lo/X325- L2/X.326- L2/X-327- L2/X-328- LUX-329- L-2/X-330-
L2/X-331- L-2/X-332- L-2/X-333- L-2/X-334- L-2/X-335- L-2/X-336-
L2/X-337- L2/X-338- L2/X-339- L2/X-340- L-2/X-341- L-2/X-342-
L2/X-343- L-2/X-344- L-2/X-345- L-2/X-346- L-2/X-347- L-2/X-348-
L-2/X-349- L-2/X-350- L-2/X-351- L-2/X-352- L-2/X-353- L-2/X-354-
L-2/X-355- L-2/X-356- L-2/X-357- L-2/X-358- L-2/X-359- L-2/X-360-
L-2/X-361- L-2/X-362- L-2/X-363- L1-2/X-364- L-2/X-365- L-2/X-366-
L2/X-367- L-2/X-368- L-2/X-369- L-2/X-370- L-2/X-371- L-2/X-372- L2/X-373- L-2/X-374 L-2/X-375- L-2/X-376- L-2/X-377- L-2/X-378-
L-2/X-379- L-2/X-380- L-2/X-381- L-2/X-382- L-2/X-383- L-2/X-384-
L-2/X-385- L-2/X-386- - L-2/X-387- L-2/X-388- L-2/X-389- L-2/X-390-
L-2/X-391- L-2/X-392- L-2/X-393- L-2/X-394- L-2/X-395- L-2/X-396-
L-2/X-397- L-2/X-398- L-2/X-399- L-2/X-400- L-2/X-401- L-2/X-402-
L-2/X-403- L-2/X-404 L-2/X-405- L-2/X-406- L-2/X-407- L-2/X-408-
L-2/X-409- L-2/X-410- L-2/X-411- L-2/X-412- L-2X413- L2/X414
L-2/X-415- L-2/X-416- L-2/X-417- L-2/X-418-
L3/X-1- La/X2- L3X3 L3X4 L3/X-5- .L-3/X-6- L-3/X-7- L-3/X-8 L-3/X9 L3/X-10- L-3/X-11- L3/X-12-
L-3/X-13- L-3/X-14 L-3/X-15- L-3/X-16- L-3/X-17- L-3/X-18
L-3/X-19- L-3/X-20- L-3/X-21- L-3/X-22- L-3/X-23- L-3/X-24
L-3/X-25- L-3/X-26- L-3/X-27- L-3/X28 L-3/X29- L-3/X-30-
L-3/X-31- L-3/X-32- L-3/X-33- L-3/X-34 L-3/X-35- L-3/X-36- L-3/X-37- L-3/X-38- L-3/X-39- L-3/X40- L-3/X41- L-3/X42-
L-3/X43- L-3/X44 L-3/X45 L-3/X46- L-3/X47- L-3/X48- ~ L-3/X49- L-3/X-50- L-3/X-51- L-3/X-52- L-3/X-53- L-3/X-54-
L-3/X-55- L-3/X-56 L-3/X-57- L-3/X-58- L-3/X-59- L-3/X-60-
L-3/X-61- L-3/X-62- L-3/X-63- L-3/X-64 L-3/X-65- L-3/X-66- L3/X-67- L3/X-68 L3/X6- L3/X-70- L3/X-TI- L-3/X-T2-
L-3/X-73- L-3/X-74 L3/X-75 L-3/X-76- L-3/X-T- L-3/X-T%
L-3/X-79- L-3/X-80- L-3/X-81- L-3/X-8- L-3/X8- L3/X-84
L-3/X-85- L-3/X-86- L-3/X-87- L-3/X88- L-3/X-89- L-3/X90-
: L-3/X-91- L-3/X-92- L-3/X-93- L-3/X-94- L-3/X-95- L-3/X-96- 1-3/X-97- L-3/X-98- L-3/X-99- L-3/X-100- L-3/X-101- L-3/X-102-
L-3/X-103~ L-3/X-104- = L-3/X-105- L-3/X-106- L-3/X-107- L-3/X-108-
L-3/X-109- L-3/X-110- L-3/X-111- L-3/X-112- L-3/X-113- L-3/X-114-
L-3/X-115- L-3/X-116- L-3/X-117- L-3/X-118 L-3/X-119- L-3/X-120-
L-3/X-121- L-3/X-122- L-3/X-123- L-3/X-124- L-3/X-125- L-3/X-126-
L-3/X-127- L-3/X-128- - L-3/X-129- L-3/X-130- L-3/X-131- L-37X-132- 1-3/X-133- L-3/X-134- L-3/X-135- L-3/X-136- L-3/X-137- L-3/X-138-
L-3/X-139- L-3/X-140- L-3/X-141- L-3/X-142- L-3/X-143- L-3/X-144-
L-3/X-145- L-3/X-146- L-3/X-147- L-3/X-148- L-3/X-149- L-3/X-150-
L-3/X-151- L-3/X-152- L-3/X-153- L-3/X-154- L-3/X-155- L-3/X-156-
L-3/X-157- L-3/X-158- L-3/X-159- L-3/X-160- L-3/X-161- L-3/X-162-
L-3/X-163- L-3/X-164- L-3/X-165- L-3/X-166- L-3/X-167- L-3/X-168-
L-3/X-169- L-3/X-170- L-3/X-171- L-3/X-172- L-3/X-173- L-3/X-174-
L-3/X-175- L-3/X-176- L-3/X-177- L-3/X-178 L-3/X-179- L-3/X-180-
L-3/X-181- L-3/X-182- L-3/X-183- L-3/X-184- L-3/X-185- L-3/X-186-
L-3/X-187- L-3/X-188- L-3/X-189- L-3/X-190- L-3/X-191- L-3/X-192-
L-3/X-193-. L-3/X-194- L-3/X-195- L-3/X-196- L-3/X-197- ~L-3/X-198-
L-3/X-199-" L-3/X-200- L-3/X-201- L-3/X-202- L-3/X-203- L-3/X-204-
L-3/X-205- L-3/X-206- L-3/X-207- L-3/X-208- 1-3/X-209- L-3/X-210-
L-3/X-211- L-3/X-212- L-3/X-213- L-3/X-214 L-3/X-215- L-3/X-216-
L-3/X-217- L-3/X-218- L-3/X-219- L-3/X-220- L-3/X-221- L-3/X-222-
L-3/X-223- L-3/X-224- L-3/X-225- L-3/X-226- L-3/X-227- L-3/X-228-
L-3/X-229- L-3/X-230- L-3/X-231- L-3/X-232- L-3/X-233- L-3/X-234-
L-3/X-235- L-3/X-236- L-3/X-237- L-3/X-238- L-3/X-239- L-3/X-240-
L-3/X-241- L-3/X-242- L-3/X-243- L1-3/X-244- L-3/X-245- L-3/X-246-
L-3/X-247- L-3/X‘248- L-3/X-249- L-3/X-250- L-3/X-251- L-3/X-252-
L-3/X-253- L-3/X-254- L-3/X-255- L-3/X-256- L-3/X-257- L-3/X-258-.
L-3/X-259- L-3/X-260- L-3/X-261- L-3/X-262- L-3/X-263- L-3/X-264-
L-3/X-265- L-3/X-266- L-3/X-267- L-3/X-268- L-3/X-269- L-3/X-270-
L-3/X-271- L-3/X-212- L-3/X-273- L-3/X274 L-3/X-275- L-3/X-276- Co
L-3/X-277- L-3/X-278- L-3/X-279- L-3/X-280- L-3/X-281- L-3/X-282-
L3/X283- L-3/X-284- L-3/X-285- L-3/X-286- L-¥X-287- L-3/X-288-
L-3/X-289- L-3/X-290- L-3/X-291- L-3/X-292- L-3/X-293- L-3/X-294-
L-3/X-295- L-3/X-296- ~ L-3/X-297- L-3/X-298- L-3/X-299- L-3/X-300-
L-3/X-301- L-3/X-302- L-3/X-303- L-3/X-304 L-3/X-305- L-3/X-306-
L-3/X-307- L-3/X-308- L-3/X-309- L-3/X-310- L3/X-311- L-3/X-312- L-3/X-313- L-3/X-314 L-3/X-315- L-3/X-316- L-3/X-317- L-3/X-318-
L-3/X-319- L-3/X-320- L-3/X-321- L-3/X-322- L-3/X-323- L-3/X-324-
L-3/X-325- L-3/X-326- L-3/X-327- L-3/X-328- L-3/X-326- L-3/X-330-
L-3/X-331- L-3/X-332- L-3/X-333- L-3/X-334- L3/X-335- L-3/X-336-
L-3/X-337- L-3/X-338- L-3/X-339- L-3/X-340- L-3/X-341- L-3/X-342- L-3/X-343- L3/X-344 L-3/X-345- L-3/X-346- L-3/X-347- L-3/X-348-
L-3/X-349- L-3/X-350- L-3/X-351- L-3/X-352- L-3/X-353- L-3/X-354-
L-3/X-355- L-3/X-356- L-3/X-357- L-3/X-358- L-3/X-359- L-3/X-360-
L-3/X-361- L-3/X-362- L-3/X-363- L-3/X-364 L-3/X-365- L-3/X-366-
L-3/X-367- L-3/X-368- L-3/X-369- L-3/X-370- L-3/X-371- L-3/X-372-
L-3/X-373- L-3/X-374- L3¥X375- LA3/X-376- L3/X-377- L-3/X-378
L-3/X-379- L-3/X-380- L-3/X-381- L-3/X-382- L-3/X-383- L-3/X-384-
L-3/X-385- L-3/X-386- L-3/X-387- L-3/X-388- L-3/X-389- L-3/X-390-
L-3/X-391- L-3/X-392- L-3/X-393- L-3/X-394- L-3/X-395- L-3/X-396-
L-3/X-397- L-3/X-398- L-3/X-399- L-3/X-400- L-3/X-401- L-3/X-402- L-3/X403- L-3/X404- L-3/X405- L-3/X-406- L-3/X-407- L-3/X-408-
L-3/X409- L-3/X410- L-3/X411- L-3/X-412- L-3/X413- L-3/X414
L-3/X415- L-3/X416- L-3/X417- L3/X418
L4/X-1- L4/X2- L4/X3- L4/X4 L4/X5 L-4/X6-
L4/X-7- L4/X-8- L4/X9- L4/X-10- L4/X-11- L<4/X-12-
L-4/X-13- L4/X-14- L4/X-15- L4/X-16- L4/X-17- L4/X-18-
L4/X-19- L-4/X-20- L-4/X-21- L4/X22- L4/X-23- L-4/X-24 L4/X25- L4/X-26- L4/X-27- L4/X-28- L4/X29- L4/X-30-
L-4/X-31- L4/X-32- LA4/X-33- L4/X-34 L4/X35- L4/X-36-
L-4/X-37- L-4/X-38- - L4/X-39- L-4/X40- L4/X41- L-4/X42-
L-4/X-43- L-4/X-44- L4/X-45- L-4/X-46- L4/X-47- L-4/X-48-
L-4/X49- L4/X-50- L4/X-51- L4/X-52- L4/X-53- L4/X-54 L4/X-55- L-4/X-56- L-4/X-57- L-4/X-58- L-4/X-59- L-4/X-60-
L-4/X-61- L-4/X-62- L-4/X-63- L-4/X-64- L-4/X-65- L-4/X-66-
L-4/X-67- L-4/X-68- L-4/X-69- L-4/X-70- L-4/X-71- L-4/X-72-
L4/X-73- L4/X-7T4- LA4/X-15- LA4/X-76- LA4/X77- L-4/X-18-
L4/X-79- L-4/X-80- L-4/X-81- L-4/X-82- L4/X-83- L-4/X-84 L4/X-85- L4/X-86- L4/X-87- L-4/X838 L4/X-89- L4/X90
L4/X-91- L-4/X-92- LA4/X-93- L4/X94- L-4/X-95- L-4/X-96-
L4/X-97- L4/X-98- L-4/X-99- L-4/X-100- L-4/X-101- L-4/X-102-
L-4/X-103- L-4/X-104- L-4/X-105- L-4/X-106- L-4/X-107- L-4/X-108-
L-4/X-109- L-4/X-110- L-4/X-111- L-4/X-112- L-4/X-113- L-4/X-114- L4/X-115- L-4/X-116- L-4/X-117- L-4/X-118-- L-4/X-119- L-4/X-120-
L4/X-121- L4/X-122- L4/X-123- L-4/X-124- L4/X-125- L4/X-126-
L-4/X-127- L-4/X-128- L-4/X-129- L-4/X-130- L-4/X-131- L-4/X-132-
L-4/X-133- L-4/X-134- L-4/X-135- L-4/X-136- L-4/X-137- L-4/X-138-
L-4/X-139- L-4/X-140- L-4/X-141- L-4/X-142- L-4/X-143- L-4/X-144- L4/X-145: L4/X-146- LA/X-147- L4/X-148- L4/X-145- L4/X-150-
L-4/X-151- L-4/X-152- L-4/X-153- L-4/X-154- L-4/X-155- L-4/X-156- 14/X-157- L-4/X-158- L-4/X-159- L-4/X-160- L-4/X-161- L-4/X-162-
L4/X-163 L-4/X-164 L4/X-165 L4/X-166 L4/X-167 L-4/X-168
L4/X-169 L4/X-170 L4/X-171 LA4/X-1T2 L4XAT3- L4/X-174-
L-4/X-175- L-4/X-176- L-4/X-177- L-4/X-178- L-4/X-179- L-4/X-180-
L4/X-181- L4/X-182- L4/X-183- L4/X-184 L4/X-185- L4/X-186- L-4/X-187- L-4/X-188- L4/X-189- L-4/X-190- L-4/X-191- L-4/X-192-
L-4/X-193- L-4/X-194- L-4/X-195- L-4/X-196- L-4/X-197- L-4/X-198-
L4/X-199- L-4/X-200- ~ L-4/X-201- L-4/X-202- L-4/X-203- L-4/X-204-
L-4/X-205- L-4/X-206- LA4/X-207- L-4/X-208- L-4/X-209- L.4/X-210-
L4/X-211- L4/X-212- L-4/X-213- L4/X-214 L4/X-215 L4/X-216- L4/X217- L-4/X-218- L-4/X-219- L-4/X-220- L4/X-221- L4/X-222-
L-4/X-223- L-4/X-24- LA4/X-225- L-4/X-226- L4/X-227- L-4/X-228-
L4/X-229- L-4/X-230- L4/X-231- L4/X-232- L4/X-233- L-4/X-234
L4/X-235- L-4/X-236- L-4/X-237- L-4/X-238- L-4/X-239- L-4/X-240-
L-4/X-241- L-4/X-242- L-4/X-243- LA/X-244 LA/X245 L4/X-246- 1S L-4/X-247- L4/X-248- L-4/X-249- L-4/X-250- LA4/X-251- L-4/X-252-
L-4/X-253- L4/X-254- LA4/X-255- LA4/X-256- L4/X-257- L-4/X-258-
L-4/X-259- L-4/X-260- L-4/X-261- L-4/X-262- L-4/X-263- L-4/X-264-
L-4/X-265- L-4/X-266- L-4/X-267- L-4/X-268- L-4/X-269- L4/X-270-
L4/X-271- L4/X-2T2- L4/X-273- L-4/X-274 L4/X-275- L-4/X-276- L-4/X-277- L-4/X-278- L-4/X-279- L-4/X-280- L-4/X-281- L4/X-282-
L-4/X-283- L-4/X-284- L-4/X-285- L-4/X-286- L4/X-287- L-4/X-288-
L4/X-289- L-4/X-290- L4/X-291- L-4/X-292- L-4/X-293- L-4/X-294- + L-4/X-295- L-4/X-296- L4/X-297- L-4/X-298- L4/X-299- L-4/X-300-
L-4/X-301- L-4/X-302- L-4/X-303- L-4/X-304& L-4/X-305- L4/X-306- L-4/X-307- L-4/X-308- L-4/X-309- L-4/X-3100 L4/X-311- L4/X-312-
L4/X-313- L4/X314 L4/X315 L4X-316 L4/X317- L4/X-318-
L4/X-319- L-4/X-320 L-4/X-321- L-4/X-322- L-4/X-323- L4/X-324-
L-4/X-325- L4/X-326- L4/X-327- LA4/X-328- L4/X-329- L-4/X-330- . L-4/X-331- L-4/X-332- L-4/X-333- L-4/X-334- L-4/X-335- L-4/X-336-
L-4/X-337- L-4/X-338- L-4/X-339- L-4/X-340- L-4/X-341- L-4/X-342-
L-4/X-343- L-4/X-344- L-4/X-345- L-4/X-346- L-4/X-347- L-4/X-348-
L-4/X-349- L4/X-3 50- L-4/X-351- L-4/X-352- L-4/X-353- L-4/X-354-
L-4/X-355- L-4/X-356- L-4/X-357- - L-4/X-358- L-4/X-359- L-4/X-360-
L-4/X-361- L-4/X-362- L-4/X-363- L-4/X-364- L-4/X-365- L-4/X-366-
L-4/X-367- L-4/X-368- L-4/X-369- L-4/X-370- L-4/X-371- L-4/X-372-
L-4/X-373- L-4/X-374- ~ L-4/X-375- L-4/X-376- L-4/X-377- L-4/X-378-
L-4/X-379- L-4/X-380- L-4/X-381- L-4/X-382- L-4/X-383- L-4/X-384-
L-4/X-385- L-4/X-386- L1-4/X-387- L-4/X-388- L-4/X-380- L-4/X-390-
L-4/X-391- L-4/X-392- L-4/X-393- L-4/X-394- L-4/X-395- L-4/X-396-
L-4/X-397- L-4/X-398- L-4/X-399- L-4/X-400- L-4/X-401- L-4/X-402- .
L-4/X-403- L-4/X-404- L-4/X-405- L-4/X-406- L-4/X-407- L-4/X-408-
L-4/X-409- L-4/X-410- L-4/X-411- L-4/X-412- L-4/X-413- L-4/X-414-
L-4/X-415- L-4/X-416- L-4/X-417- L-4/X-418- :
Pl c . ] F ] .
When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds of Formula I are usually administered in the form of pharmaceutical compositions. This invention therefore provides pharmaceutical compositions which contain, as the active ingredient, one or more of the compounds of Formula I above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, carriers, diluents, permeation enhancers, solubilizers and adjuvants. The compounds may be administered alone or in combination with other therapeutic agents (e.g., other antihypertensive drugs, diuretics and the like). Such compositions are prepared in a manner well known in the pharmaceutical art (see, e.g.,
Remington's Pharm. Sci., Mack Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA, 17* Ed. (1985) and “Modern Pharm. ”, Marcel Dekker, Inc., 3" Ed. (G.S. Banker & C.T. Rhodes, Eds.).
The compounds of Formula may be administered by any of the accepted modes of «administration of agents having similar utilities, for example, by oral, parenteral, rectal,
buccal, intranasal or transdermal routes. The most suitable route will depend on the nature and severity of the condition being treated. Oral administration is a preferred route for the compounds of this invention. In making the compositions of this invention, the active ingredient is usually diluted by an excipient or enclosed within such a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. When the excipient serves as a diluent, it can be a solid, semi-solid, or liquid material, which acts as a vehicle, carrier or medium for the active ingredient. Thus, the compositions can be in the form of tablets, pills, powders, lozenges, sachets, cachets, elixirs, suspensions, emulsions, solutions, syrups, aerosols (as a solid or in a liquid medium), ointments containing, for example, up to 10% by weight of the active compound, soft and hard gelatin capsules, suppositories, sterile injectable solutions, and sterile packaged powders. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the active agents may be prepared using standard procedures known to those skilled in the art of synthetic organic chemistry and described, e.g., by J. March, Advanced Organic Chem.
Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure, 4* Ed. (N.Y.: Wiley-Interscience, 1992).
Some examples of suitable excipients include lactose, dextrose, sucrose, sorbitol, manmitol, starches, gum acacia, calcium phosphate, alginates, tragacanth, gelatin, calcium silicate, microcrystalline cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose, sterile water, syrup, and methyl cellulose. The formulations can additionally include: lubricating agents such as talc, magnesium stearate, and mineral oil; wetting agents; emulsifying and suspending agents; preserving agents such as methyl- and propylhydroxy-benzoates; sweetening agents; and flavoring agents.
The compositions of the invention can be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures known in the art. Controlled reicase drug delivery systems for oral administration reservoirs or drug-polymer matrix formmiations. Examples of controlled release systems are . given in U.S. Patent Nos. 3,845,770; 4,326,525; 4,902514; and 5,616,345. Another preferred formulation for use in the methods of the present invention employs transdermal delivery devices ("patches"). Such transdermal patches may be used to provide continuous or discontinuous infusion of the compounds of the present invention in controlled amounts. The construction and use of transdermal patches for the delivery of pharmaceutical agents is well known in the art. See, e.g., U.S. Patent Nos. 5,023,252; 4,992,445 and 5,001,139. Such patches may be constructed for continuous, pulsatile, or on demand delivery of pharmaceutical agents.
The compositions are preferably formulated in a unit dosage form. The term "unit - dosage forms" refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable pharmaceutical excipient (e.g., 2 tablet, capsule, ampoule). The active compound is effective over a wide dosage range and is generally administered in a pharmaceutically effective amount. Preferably, for oral administration, each dosage unit contains from 1-250 mg of a compound of Formula I, and for parenteral administration, preferably from 0.1 to 60 mg ofa compound of Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. It will be understood, however, that the amount of the compound actually administered will be determined bya : physician, in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual compound administered and its relative activity, the age, weight, and response of the individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the like.
For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient is mixed with a pharmaceutical excipient to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound of the present invention. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout thie composition so that the composition may be readily . subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
The tablets or pills of the present invention may be coated or otherwise compounded to provide a dosage form affording the advantage of prolonged action. For example, the : tablet or pill can comprise an inner dosage and an outer dosage component, the latter being in the form of an envelope over the former. The two components can be separated by an enteric
Slayer which serves to resist disintegration in the stomach and permit the inner component to pass intact into the duodenum or to be delayed in release. A variety of materials can be used for such enteric layers or coatings, such materials including a number of polymeric acids and mixtures of polymeric acids with such materials as shellac, cetyl alcohol, and cellulose ~~ acetate.
The liquid forms in which the novel compositions of the present invention may be incorporated for administration orally or by injection include aqueous solutions, suitably flavored syrups, aqueous or oil suspensions, and flavored emulsions with edible oils such as corn oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, coconut oil, or peanut oil, as well as elixirs and similar pharmaceutical vehicles.
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders.
The liquid or solid compositions may contain suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as described supra. Preferably the compositions are administered by the oral or nasal respiratory route for local or systemic effect. Compositions in preferably pharmaceutically acceptable solvents may be nebulized by use of inert gases. Nebulized solutions may be inhaled directly from the nebulizing device or the nebulizing device may be attached to a face mask tent, or intermittent positive pressure breathing machine. Solution, suspension, or powder compositions may be administered, preferably orally or nasally, from devices which deliver the formmistion in an appropriate manner. .. compositions of the present invention.
Formulation Example 1
Hard gelatin capsules containing the following ingredients are prepared:
Quantity
Ingredient (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 30.0
Starch 305.0
Magnesium stearate 5.0 ~The above ingredients are mixed and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 340 mg quantities. : oo
Formulation Example 2
A tablet formula is prepared using the ingredients below: :
Quantity
Active Ingredient 25.0
Cellulose, microcrystalline 200.0
Colloidal silicon dioxide 10.0
Stearic acid : 50
The components are blended and compressed to form tablets, each weighing 240 mg.
Formulation Example 3
A dry powder inhaler formulation is prepared containing the following components:
Inge i
Active Ingredient 5
Lactose 95
The active ingredient is mixed with the lactose and the mixture is added to a dry powder inhaling appliance.
Formulation Example 4
Tablets, each containing 30 mg of active ingredient, are prepared as follows:
Quantity
Ingredient (mg/tablet)
Active Ingredient 30.0
Starch 45.0
Microcrystalline cellulose 35.0
Polyvinylpyrrolidone (as 10% solution in sterile water) 4.0 . Sodium carboxymethyl starch 45
Magnesium stearate 0.5
Talc 1.0
Total 120.0
The active ingredient, starch and cellulose are passed through a No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve and mixed thoroughly. The solution of polyvinylpyrrolidone is mixed with the resultant powders, which are then passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The granules so produced are dried at 50°C to 60°C and passed through a 16 mesh U.S. sieve. The sodium carboxymethyl starch, magnesioen stearate, and take, previously passed through a No. 30 mesh U.S. sieve, are then added to the gramules which, after mixing, are compressed on a tablet machine to yield tablets each weighing 120 mg.
Formulation Example 5
Capsules, each containing 40 mg of medicament are made as follows:
Quantity
Ingredient (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 40.0
Starch 1090
Magnesium stearate 1.0
Total 150.0
The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate are blended, passed through a
No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard gelatin capsules in 150 mg quantities.
Formulation Example 6
Suppositories, each containing 25 mg of active ingredient are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 25.0 mg
Saturated fatty acid glycerides to 2,000.0 mg
The active ingredient is passed through a No. 60 mesh U.S. sieve and suspended in the saturated fatty acid glycerides previously melted using the minimum heat necessary. The mixture is then poured into a suppository mold of nominal 2.0 g capacity and allowed to cool.
Formulation Example 7
Suspensions, each containing 50 mg of medicament per 5.0 mL dose are made as follows:
Ingredient Amount
Active Ingredient 50.0 mg
Xanthan gum 4.0 mg
Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (11%) © 5 ~ Microcrystalline cellulose (89%) 50.0 mg
Sucrose 175g :
Sodium benzoate 10.0 mg
Flavor and Color g.v.
Purified water to 50mi
The active ingredient, sucrose and xanthan gum are blended, passed through a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made solution of the microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl cellulose in water. The sodium benzoate, flavor, and color arc diluted with some of the water and added with stirring. Sufficient water is then added to produce the required volume.
Formulation Example 8
Quantity
Ingredient : (mg/capsule)
Active Ingredient 15.0 mg
Starch 407.0mg
Magnesium stearate 30mg
Total 425.0 mg 2s
The active ingredient, starch, and magnesium stearate anc blended, passed through a
No. 20 mesh U.S. sieve, and filled into hard geistin capsules in 425.0 mg quantities. -105- i
Formulation Example 9 + A subcutaneous formulation may be prepared as follows:
Ingredient Quantity
Active Ingredient 50mg
Com Oil 1.0 mL
Frequently, it will be desirable or necessary to introduce the pharmaceutical composition to the brain, either directly or indirectly. Direct techniques usually involve placement of a drug delivery catheter into the host's ventricular system to bypass the blood-brain barrier. One such implantable delivery system used for the transport of biological factors to specific anatomical regions of the body is described in U.S. Patent 5,011,472 which is herein incorporated by reference.
Indirect techniques, which are generally preferred, usually involve formulating the compositions to provide for drug latentiation by the conversion of hydrophilic drugs into lipid-soluble drugs. Latentiation is generally achieved through blocking of the hydroxy, : carbonyl, sulfate, and primary amine groups present on the drug to render the drug more lipid soluble and amenable to transportation across the blood-brain barrier. Alternatively, the delivery of hydrophilic drugs may be enhanced by intra-arterial infusion of hypertonic - solutions which can transiently open the blood-brain barrier.
Synthesis Examples
Example 1. (Figure 7A)
Preparation of N,N’-dimethyl-N,N’-di-[2-[4-[2-buty}-3-benzofuranylcarbonyl]-2,6- diiodophenoxy]ethyljhexane, (7A-2), in which n=1, and Link is (CH).
A. A solution of 3-[(2-bromoethoxy)-3,5-diodobenzoy1}-2-butylbenzofuran (7A- 1), prepared as described in Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1974, 19-25, and in Belgian Patent 900138, (2 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol) and 1,6-di-(methylamino)hezane (1 mmol) in acetonitrile (25mL) is maintained at room temperature, and the reaction is monitored by thin 3 layer chromatography (tic). When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 7A-2. Sa
B. In asimilar manmer, by employing different diamines in place of 1,6-di- (methylamino)hexane, as described herein, in A above, different compounds of Formula 7A-2 . are obtained.
C. In similar manner, by employing different bromo ‘compounds of Formula 7A- 1, as described herein, in A above, different compounds of Formula 7A-2 are obtained.
Example 2. (Figure 7B) °
Preparation of 1,8-di-[2-[4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyi}-2,6- diiodophenoxy]ethyljmetirylamino}-3,5-dioxacctane, 7B-2, in which n is 1, and Link js (CH),(O(CHyp),.
A A solution of N-methyl 2-[4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyl]-2,6- diiodophenoxy]-ethylamine (7B-1), prepared accarding to procedures described in Eur, J.
Med. Chem., 1974, 19-25, (5 mmol), 1,8-dibromo-3,5-dioxaoctane (2.5 mmol) and diisopropyicthylamine (2mL) in EtOH (25mL) is maintained at room temperature. The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is poured into water and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the titie compound 7B-2, in which n is 1 and Link is (CH,),(O(CH,),),.
B. In a similar manner, by employing different compounds 7B-1, as described herein, different linked compounds of Formula 7B-2 are obtained.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different linking compounds, as described
S herein, in place of 1,8-dibromo-3,5-dioxaoctane, different linked compounds of Formula 7B- 2 are obtained.
Example 3. (Figure 7C)
Preparation of 1,10-di-[2-butyl-[3-[4-(3-dibutylaminopropoxy)benzoyljbenzofaran-5- yljaminosulfonyl}decane, 7C-2, in which Link is ((CH,),),e-
A 5-Amino-2-butyl-3-[4-(3-dibutylaminopropoxy)benzoyl]benzofuran (7C-1), prepared as described in EP 0471609, (1 mmol) and 1,10-di(chlorosulfonyl)decane (0.5 mmol) are heated at reflux in CH,Cl, (20mL). The progress of the reaction is followed by tic.
When it is complete, the solution is added to dilute Na,CO, . The organic phase is separated, dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 7C-2.
B. Ina similar manner, by employing different di-(chlorosulfonyl) linking compounds, as described herein, different linked compounds of Formula 7C-2 are obtained
Example 4. (Figure 8A)
Preparation of 1,6-di[4-[2-[2-[4-(methylsulfonylamino)phenoxy}- ethylmethylamino]ethyl]phenylaminosuifonyl]hexane 8A-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
A. 2-[4-(Methylsulfonylamino)phenoxy]ethyl bromide, 21-1, (10 mmol) and N- methyl 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylamine, 21-2, (10 mmol) both prepared as described in J. Med.
Chem., 1990, 1151, are heated at reflux in MeCN (100mL) containing K,CO, (3g) and KI (0.2g). The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extractis dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl N-(4-nitrophenylethyl) 2-[4- (methylsulfonylamino)phenoxyJethylamine (21-3).
B. The above compound (3mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (50mL) and Raney nickel (1g)isadded The mixture is stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and then evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl N-(4-aminophenylethyl) 2-[4- (methylsulfonylamino)phenoxyjethylamine, 8A-1.
C. A solution of hexane-1,6-disulfony! chloride (1 mmol), diisopropylethylamine © (ImL) and 8A-1 (0.5 mmol) in dry CH,CL, (25mL) is maintained at room temperature. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solvent is removed under reduced pressure and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 8A- 2, in which Link is (CH,),. :
D. Ina similar manner, by employing different di(chlorosulfonyl) linking ~~ compounds, as described herein, in C above, different linked compounds 8A-2 are prepared.
Example 5. (Figure 8B)
Preparation of 1,4-di[-4-[2-methyl-2-[4-(methylsulfonrylamino)phenyi]ethylamino]- ethoxy]phenyljaminosulfonylmethyi]benzene, 8B-2, where Link is p-CH,C,H,CH,.
A. 2~(4-Nitrophenoxy)ethyl bromide, 214, (10 mmol) and 2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl) N-methylethylamine 21-5 (10 mmol) are heated at reflux in
MeCN (50mL) containing K,CO; (2g). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc.
When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-metiryl N-(4- (methyisuifonyl-amino)phenyletiryl) 2-(4-aminophenoxy )ethylamine 8B-1.
B. The above compound 8B-1, (1 mmol) and 1,4-di- (chlorosulfonylmethyl)benzene (0.5 mmol) are dissolved in CH,Cl, (50 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is washed with dilute
Na,CO;, then dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford 8B-2, in which
Link is p-CH,C,H,CH,.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different di(sulfony! chioride) linking compounds, as described herein, in B above, different linked compounds 8B-2 are prepared : Example 6. (Figure 8C)
Preparation of 1,10-di-[2-[4-(methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl] 2-[4- [methylsulfonylaminophenyl] ethyljamino]decane, 8C-2, in which Link is (CH),
A. N-Benzyl 2-[4-(methylsulfonylaminophenyl)Jethylamine, (21-7 prepared as described in EP 338793), (10 mmol), 2-[4(methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl bromide 21-8 (10 mmol) and K,CO; (1 g) are heated at reflux in MeCN (50 mL). Thé progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-benzyl N-2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl 2-(4- methylsuifonylaminophenyl)ethylamine, 21-9.
B. The compound 21-9 (1 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and ammonium formate (100 mg) and 10% Pd/C (50 mg) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is filtered then added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-{2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl] 2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl)-ethylamine, 8C-1.
N WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777
C. The above compound (1mmol), 1,10-dibromodecane (0.5 mmol), K,CO, (1g) and KI (0.05) are heated at refhux in MeCN. The progress of the reaction is monitored by ~~ tlc. When it is complete, thie solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 8C-2, in which Link is (CH,),q,
D. Ina similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, in place of 1,10-dibromodecane, in C above, different compounds of Formula 8C-2 are obtained.
Example 7. (Figure 9A)
Preparation of 1,8-di-[4-[4-(cthylheptylamino)-1-hydroxybutyljphenylamino- sulfonyljoctane, 9A-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
A. 4-Nitrophenyl-4-oxobutanoic acid, 21-10, prepared as described in Gazz.
Chim. Ital., 1967, 97, 654, and U.S. Patent 5,405,851 (10 mmol), 1-hydroxybenztriazole (10 mmol) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (10 mmol) are dissolved in DMF (50mL). To the solution is added ethylheptylamine (10 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The - 20 extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to affird N-cthyl N- . heptyl 4(4-nitrophenyl)}-4-oxobutanamide, 21-11.
B. The above prepared compound (2 mmol) is dissolved in dry diglyme (20mL) and MeOH (1mL). Lithium borohydride (25 mmol) is added and the solution is heated to reflux. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 4-[1-krydroxy-4(cthylheptylaminc)butyljaniline 94-1,
C. The compound 9A-1 (1 mmol) and octane-1,8-disulfony! chloride (0.5 mmol) are dissolved in CH,Cl, (25mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to dilute Na,CO0,, and then extracted with EtOAc, The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 9A- 2., in which Link is (CH,),.
D. In a similar manner, by employing different disulfonyl chlorides, as described herein, in C above, different compounds of Formula 9A-2 are obtained,
Example 8. (Figure 9B) . Preparation of 1,6-di-[4-[4-hydroxy-4-(methylsulfonylaminophenyl)butyi]- ~ ethylamino]hexane 9B-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
A 4~(4-Aminopheny!)-4-oxobutanoic acid 21-12, (5 mmol) is added to a solution of dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (5 mmol) and cthylamine (5 mmol) in THF (50mL). After 12 hours, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is washed with dilute NaOH, then dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford N-ethy] 4- (4-aminophenyl)-4-oxobutanamide, 21-13.
B. The product from A above (3 mmol) is dissolved in THF (25mL) and to the solution is added diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol) and methanesuifonyl chloride (3 mmol).
The reaction is monitored by tic. When itis complete, the solution is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is - chromatographed to afford N-ethyl 4-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl)-4-oxobutanamide, 21- 14
C. The above-described compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in ether (50mL); the solution is cooled to 0°C, and to it is added lithium aluminum hydride (5 mmol). The .. reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, excess hydride is decomposed by addition of aqueous potassium sodium tartrate. The organic phase is separated, dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-ethyl 4-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl)-4- " hydroxybutylamine, 9B-1.
D. The compound 9B-1 (mmol), diisopropylethylamine (2 mmol) and 1,6- dibromohexane (0.5 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (25 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute Na,CO,, and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 9B-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
E. In a similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, in place of 1,6-dibromohexane, different compounds of Formula 9B-2 are obtained.
Example 9. (Figure 10A)
Preparation of 1,8-di-[4-[2-[diethylaminoethyi] aminocarbonyljphenylamino- sulfonyljoctane, 10A-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
A. Procaine amide (10A-1) (10 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (50 mL) and 1,8-di- (chlorosulfonyl)octane (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. © 20 Whenitis complete, the solution is added to dilute Na,CO, and extracted with CH,CL,. The extract is dried and evaporated to afford the title compound, 10A-2, in which Link is (CH,),.
B. Ina similar mammer, by employing different disulfonyl chlorides, as described : herein, different compounds of Formula 10A-2 are obtained. 5 : Example 10. (Fignre 10B)
Preparation of 1,3-di-{N-ethyl N'-[2-4-jmethyisulfonyiaminejbenzoyiaminoethyl}- amine] 3,5-diexnoctane, 10B-2, in which Link is (CH,),(O(CH,),),. oo
A. N-Ethyl N'-(4-methylsulfonylaminobenzoyl)ethylenediamine, (108-1), prepared as described in J, Med. Chem., 1987, 30, 755, (5 mmol) diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol) and 1,8-dibromo-3,5-dioxaoctane (2.5 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (25 mL); The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to dilute Na,CO, and extracted with CH,Cl,. The solution is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 10B-2, in which Link is (CH,),(O(CH,,),.
B. Ina similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, different compounds of Formula 10B-2 are obtained.
Example 11. (Figure 11)
Preparation of 1,10-di-{2-hydroxy-2-[4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl) ethylamino}-decane, 11-2, in which Link is (CH,),¢.
A. 1,10-Dibromodecane (Smmol), 2-hydroxy-2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl)- ethylamine (11-1) (10 mmol), prepared as described in European Patent 338793, potassium iodide (0.1g) and K,CO, (1g) are stirred in MeCN (50mL). The reaction is monitored by tlc.
When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,C}, The extract is © 20 dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 11-2, in which Link is (CH,),,.
B. In a similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, different compounds of Formula 11-2 are obtained:
Example 12. (Figure 12)
Preparation of 1,6-di[4-[1-{[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-furanylmethylene]amino}- imidazolidine-2,4-dion-3-yljbutylmethylamino}hexane, 12-2, where Link is (CH,),.
A. 1-Benzylamino-3-(4-iodobutyl)imidazolidine-2,4-dione (12-5), prepared as described in W093/04061, (5 mmol) is added to a solution of methylamine (2g) in MeOH (40mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,CL,. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 1-benzylamino-3-(4-methylaminobutyl)imidazolin-2,4- dione, 12-6.
B. The latter compound 12-6, (2 mmol) is added to EtOH (25mL) containing 10%
Pd/C (50mg) and ammonium formate (0.5g). The progress of the reaction is followed by tic.
When it is complete, the solution is filtered and added to water. The aqueous sohrtion is extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford 1-amino-3-(4-methylaminobutyl)imidazolidine-2 4-dione, 12-7.
C. The above-described compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (20mL). To the solution is added 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-carboxaldehyde (12-8), (1 mmol) and p- toluenesulfonic acid (10mg). The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,CL,. The extract is dried and evaporated to afford 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-furanylmethylencamino]-3-[4- (methylamino)butyl Jimidazolidine-2,4-dione, 12-1.
D. A solution of 12-1 (1 mmol), 1,6-di-(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)hexane (0.5 mmol) and diisopropylethrylamine (3 mmol) in CH,C, (50 mL) is heated at reflux. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the sohition is cooled and added to water. The aqueous solution is extracted with CH,CL, and the extract is dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 12-2, in which Link is (CH),
E In a similar marmer, by employing other dialkylating agents, as described .. herein, different compounds of Formula 12-2 are obtained.
IEEE TT
Example 13. (Figure 12)
Preparation of 1,4-di[4-[1-[[S-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-furanylmethylenelamino}- imidazolidine-2,4-dion-3-yl}4-butyl(piperazin-1-yI)|butane, 12-4, where Link is (CH).
A. 1-Benzylamino-3-(4-iodobutyl)imidazolidine-2,4-dione (12-5), prepared as described in W093/04061, (5 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (10 mmol) and N- benzyloxycarbonylpiperazirie (5 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (50 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford 1 “benzylamino-3-[4-(4-benzyloxycarbonylpiperazinylbutyl] -imidazoline-2,4-dione, 12-9.
B. The above compound, (2 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (25 mL), and to the solution are added 5% Pd/C (100mg) and smmonium formate (250mg). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is filtered and added to water, then extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 1-amino-3-[4-(piperazin-1-yl)butylJimidazoline-2,4-dione, 12-10.
C. The above-described compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (20mL). To the solution is added 5-(4-chlorophenyl)furan-2-carbaxaldehyde (12-8), (1 mmol) and p- toluenesulfonic acid (10mg). The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with.CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated to afford 1-[5-(4-chlorophenyl)-2-furanylmethyleneamino}-3-[4-(piperazin-1- y)butyl}imidazolidine-2,4-dione, 12-3.
D. A solution of 1,4-dibromobutane, (0.5 mmol) and 12-3 (1 mmol) in EtOH is maintained at room temperature, while the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is evaporated to dryness under reduced pressure, and the residue is .. chromatographed to afford 12-4, in which Link is (CH,),.
E. In a similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, in part D above, different compounds of Formula 12-4 are obtained.
Example 14. (Figurel3)
Preparation of 1,10-di-(3-cyclopropylmethyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo- [3.3.1]non-7-yl)decane, 13-2, in which Link is (CH,),,. i.
A 3-Benzyl-7-cyclopropylmethyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7- diazabicyclo[3.3.1lnonane, (20-1, in which R, is benzyl), the preparation of which is described in European Patent 461574, (Table 1, compound 22), (5 mmol) is dissolved in
MeOH (20 mL) containing 5% Pd/C (50mg) and formic acid (0.5 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed to afford 3- cyclopropylmethyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, (20-1, in which R, is H).
B. 1,10-Dibromodecane (0.5 mmol) is added to a solution of the compound 20-1 in which R, is H, prepared as described above, (1 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.5 mL) in DMF (10 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the solution is added to dilute Na,CO, and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 13-2, in which
Link is (CH,),,.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, different compounds of structure 13-2 are obtained.
Example 15. (Figure 14)
Preparation of 1,4-di-[2-[2-[4-(2-butylbenzofuran-3-yl)carbonyl-2,6- diiodophenoxyethyljmethylamino] acetylamino]butane, 14-2, in which n is 1 and Link is (CH),
A. The compound 7B-1, prepared according to procedures described in Eur. J
Med. Chem., 1974, 19-25, (5 mmot), diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol) and ethyl bromoacetate (5 mmol) are dissolved in CH,Cl,. The reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is'complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated; the residue is chromatographed to afford ethyl N-methyl 2-[4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyl]- 2,6-diiodophenoxyJethylaminoacetate, 14-1, in which R is ethyl. ’ oo B. The above compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in THF (10 mL) and water (3 mL), and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (1.25 mmol) is added. The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, acetic acid (2 mmol) is added, and the solvents are removed under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl 2-[4-[2- butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyl}-2,6-diiodophenoxy Jethylaminoacetic acid, 14-1, in which R is
H. © C. The above-prepared compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (1 mmol) and 1,4-diaminobutane (0.5 mmol) are added. The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated; the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 14-2, in which n is 1 and Lick is (CH), | -
D. In a similar manner, by employing different diamines, as described herein, different compounds of Formula 14-2 are obtained.
Example 16. (Figure 14)
Preparation of 1,4-di-{3-{4-[2-{4-(methylsulfonylamino)phenexy]ethyl]- aminoethyl]phenylaminosulfonyllpropylmethylamino]butane, 14-7, in which Link is (CH).
A. N-methyl N-(4-aminophenylethyl) 2-[4- - (methylsulforylamino)phenoxylethylamine, 14-3, prepared as described in Examples 3A. and 3B, (5 mmol) is dissolved in CH,Cl, (25 mL) and 3-azidopropylsulfonylchloride (5 mmol) is added. The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated: the residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl N-{4-(3-azidopropylsulfonyl)aminophenylethyl] 2-[4- (methylsulforrylamino)phenoxy}-cthylamine, 14-5.
B. The above-prepared compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and 5% Pd/C (50 mg) is added. The mixture is stirred in a hydrogen atmosphere. The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is redissolved in MeOH (20 mL) and paraformaldehyde (1 mmol) and sodium cyanoborohydride (1 mmol) are added. The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with
EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford N- methyl N-{4-(3-methylaminopropyisulfonyl)-aminophenylethyl}-2-{4- (methylsulfonylamino)phenoxylethylamine, 14-6.
C. 14-Dibromobutane (0.5 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN, and K,CO, (0.5g) and the compound 14-6 (025 mmol) are added. The reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 14-7, in which
Link is (CH,),.
D. In a similar manner, by employing different dialkylating agents, as described herein, in step C above, different compounds of Formula 14-7 are obtained.
Example 17. (Figure 14)
Preparation of 1,8-di-[[N-[2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl] N-2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl)ethyl] 2-aminoethoxy]octane, 14-10, in which Link (CH), :
A. N-2-(4-Methylsulfonylaminophenoxy ethyl 2-(4-methylsulfonylaminopheny!)- ethylamine, (14-8), the preparation of which is described above in Examples 6A and 6B, (1 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (20 mL) and to the solution is added 2-bromoethanol (1 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol). The reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-(2-hydroxyethyl) N-[2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl] 2~(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyT)ethylamine, 14-9.
B. The compound 14-9, (1 mmol) is dissolved in DMSO (10 mL) and KOH (10 mmol) and 1,8-dibromooctane (0.5 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with
EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound, 14-10, in which Link is (CH,),.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different dihalo compounds, in place of 1,8- dibromooctane, different compounds of Formula 14-10 can be obtained.
Example 18. (Figure 15)
Preparation of 1,4,8,12-tetra-[2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl}-1,4,8,12- tetraazacyclohexadecane, 15-3, in which X is O.
A 2-(4-Methylsulfonylamino)phenaxyethyl bromide (15-1, in which X is 0), the
Preparation of which is described in J. Med. Chem., 1990, 1551, (4 mmol) and 1,4,8,12- tetraazacyclohexadecane (15-2) (1 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (25 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and ~~ extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound, 15-3, in which Xis 0.
B. In a similar marmer, by employing 2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl)ethylamine, (15-1, in which X is a direct bond, the preparation of which is described in J. Med. Chem., 1990, 1551), there is obtained 1,4,8,12-tetra-[2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl)ethyl}-1,4,8,12-tetraazacyclohexadecane, 15-3, in which X is a direct bond.
Example 19. (Figure 15)
Preparation of 1.3,5-tri-[N-methyl 2-[2 6-diiodo-4-[2-butyl-3-benzofuran- ylcarbonyl]phenoxy]ethylJaminomethyi]benzene, 15-6.
N-Methyl 2-{4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyl}-2,6-diiodophenaxy]ethylamine 1s- 4), prepared according to procedures described in Eur. J. Med Chem., 1974, 19-25, (3 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN (30 mL), and 1,3,5-tri(bromomethyl)benzene (1 mmol) and K,CO, (0.5g) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 15-6.
Example 20. (Figure 15) . Preparation of the trimeric auside 15-9.
A N-Methyl 2-{4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3-yicarbonyi}-2,6- Co » diiodophenoxyjethrylamine (15-4), prepared according to procedures described in Eur, J.
Med. Chem., 1974, 19-25, (5 mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (25 mL) and ethyl bromoacetate é mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (10 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, the reaction is added to water and extracted with
EtOAc. The extract is washed with dilute HC], the dried and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is dissolved in THF (15 mL), and LiOH, H,0 (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When it is complete, the pH is adjusted to 7 by addition ofdilute Hcl. The solvents are removed under reduced pressure and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl N-[2-[4- [2-butylbenzofuran-3-ylcarbonyl]- 2,6-diodophenoxy]ethyl]glycine, 15-7.
B. The compound 15-7 (3 mmol) is dissolved in DMF (25 mL) and dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (3 mmol) and tris(2-aminoethyl)amine (1 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to . water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the triamide product 15-9.
Example 21. (Figure 15)
Preparation of 1,4-di-[N-methyl 2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)-ethylamino]butane, 15-12, in which X is O, R is methyl and Link is (CH),),. 20 .
A. 2-(4-Methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl bromide, 15-10, in which X is O, R mmol) and 1,4-di(methylamino)butane, 15-11, (1 mmol) are dissolved in MeCN (20 mL) containing K,CO, (0.5g). The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When itis complete, the reaction is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 15-12.
B. In a similar manner, by employing 2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl)ethyl bromide in A above, there is obtained the corresponding product 1,4-di-[N-methyl 2-(4-
methylsulforrylaminophenyl)-ethylamino]butane, 15-12, in which X is a direct bond, R is methyl and Link is (CH),
C. Ina similar manner, by employing different diamines 15-11, as described ’ herein, in A and B above, there are obtained the corresponding diamine products 15-12.
Example 22. (Figure 18)
Preparation of the asymmetrically linked aminosulfonamide 18-4, in which Link is (CH),
A. N-Methyl N-(4-aminophenylethyl) 2-[4-(methylsulfonylamino)phenoxy]- ethylamine, 18-1, the preparation of which is described in Examples 4A and 4B above, (2 * mmol) is dissolved in dry CH,Cl, (25 mL); diisopropylethylamine (10 mmol) and 3- bromopropanesulfonyl chloride (2 mmol) are added. The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When it is complete, the reaction is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is washed and dried and the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is chromatographed to afford 1-bromo-3-[4-[N-methyl 2-[2-[4- methylsulfonrylamino]phenoxylethylamino}phenylaminosulforyljpropans, 18-2, in which
Link is (CH,),- . B. N2-(4-aminophenyl)ethyl 2-{4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxyJethylamine, 18- 3, prepared using methods described in EP 338793, (1 mmol) and the compound 18-2, (1 mmol) are dissolved in CHC; (25 mL) and to the solution is added diisopropylethylamine (10 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 18-4, in which Link is (CH),
C. Ina similar marmer, by employing different bromosalforryl chlorides, as = described herein, the corresponding compounds of Formula 18-4 are obtained.
A. - /
Example 23. (Figure 19)
Preparation of the dimeric heterovalomer 19-4, in which Link is (CH,),.
A Using the procedure described in Example 22A, but using 6- bromohexanesulfonyl chloride instead of 3-bromopropanesulfonyl chloride, 1-bromo-6-[4- [N-methyl 2-[2-[4-methylsulfonylamino}phenoxy]ethylamino]phenylaminosulfonyl hexane, 19-2, in which Link is (CH,);, is prepared.
B. The above compound (2 mmol) and N-ethyl 2-{4-[2-butylbenzofuran-3- ylcarbonyl}-2,6-diiodophenoxy]ethylamine (19-3), prepared according to procedures described in Eur. J. Med. Chem., 1974, 19-25, are dissolved in MeCN (25 mL). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute
NaHCO, and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 19-4, in which Link is (CH,);.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different bromo compounds 19-2, the corresponding heterovalomers 19-4 are obtained. Co
Example 24. (Figure 19)
Preparation of the dimeric heterovalomer 19-8, in which Link is (CH,),.
A. N-{4-[[2-(6-methyl-2-pyridinyl)ethyl}-4-piperidinyl]carbonyl]phenyl methanesulfonamide, (E-4031, Table 4) prepared as described in J. Med. Chem., 1990, 903, (10 romol) is dissolved in 48% HBr in AcOH (50 mL). The solution is heated to 60°C and the progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is cooled and the solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is taken up in water and the solution is basified with aqueous NaOH. The aqueous solution is extracted with CH,Cl,, and : the extract is dried and evaporated. The residue is chromatographed to afford 6-[2-[4-[4- « aminobenzoyl-1-piperidyl]jethyl]-2-methylpyridine, 19-5. 124. 0
B. The above compound 19-5 (2 mmol) is dissolved in CH,Cl, (35 mL) and to the solution are added diisopropylethylamine (S mmol) and 6-bromohexanesulfonyl chloride (2 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixtare is added to dilute NaHCO; and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford 19-6, in which Link is (CH,)s.
C. Toa solution of the above compound (1 mmol) in CH,Cl, (20 mL) is added N- [2<(4-methyisulfonylaminophenoxy)ethyl] 2-(4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl)-ethylamine, 19-7, the preparation of which is described in Example 6A and 6B, (1 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute
NaHCO, and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the dimeric product 19-8, in which Link is (CH,),.
D. In a similar manner, by employing different bromoalkyl sulfonyl chlorides, as described herein, the corresponding products of Formula 19-8 are obtained. - Example 25. (Figure 19)
Preparation of the dimeric heterovalomer 19-11, in which Link is (CH,),.
A Using the procedure of Example 24A, except that 4-bromobutanesulfonyl chloride is employed instead of 6-bromohexanesulfony! chloride, there is prepared the compound 19-9, in which Link is (CHy),.
B. N-Methyl N-(4-aminophenylethyl) 2-[4- (methylsulforrylamino)phenoxy jethrylamine, (8A~1, the preparation of which is described in
Examples 4A and 4B) (2 mmo) is dissolved in MeCN (25 mL) and to the solution is added 3-bromopeopanesulfomyl chioride (2 mmol). After 6 hours, 10% methanolic methylamine (1 mL) is added. The progress of the reaction is followed by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford N-methyl N-[4-(3 -methylaminopropylsulfony})- aminophenylethyl]-2-[4-(methylsulfonylamino)phenoxylethylamine, 19-10.
C. The product from A above (1 mmol) and the product from B above (1 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (20 mL). To the mixture is added diisopropylethylamine (20 mmol).
The progress of the reaction-is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with CH,Cl,. The extract is dried and evaporated, and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 19-11, in which Link is (CH,),.
D. In a similar manner, by employing different bromoalkyl sulfonyl chlorides, as described herein, in step A above, there are obtained the corresponding products of Formula 19-11.
Example 26. (Figure 20)
Preparation of 3-cyclopropylmethyl 7-[2-{4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy]ethyl}-9,9- tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1jnonane, 20-3, in which X is O.
A. 3-Cyclopropylmethyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, (20- "20 1, in which R is H, the preparation of which is described in Example 14A), (2 mmol) is : dissolved in MeCN (20 mL). To the solution is added 2-[4- . methylsulfonylaminophenoxy]ethyl bromide (20-2, in which R is O) (2 mmol) and K,CO, (0.5¢). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute NaHCO, and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 20-3. :
B. In a similar manner, by employing 2-{4-methylsulfonylaminophenyljethyl bromide 20-2, in whichR isa direct bond, in A above, there is obtained the corresponding
© WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777 product 3-cyclopropylmethyl 7-[2-[4-methylsulfonylaminophenyljethyl}-9,9-tetramethylene- 3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1}nonane, 20-3, in which X is a direct bond.
Example 27. (Figure 20)
Preparation of 3,8-di-2-{4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy]ethyl]-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7- diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, 20-5, in which X is O.
A. 3,8-Dibenzyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, 204, in which R, and R, are benzyl, the preparation of which is described in European Patent 461574, (5mmol) is dissolved in EtOH (25 mL). 10% Pd/C (50 mg) and ammonium formate (200 mg) are added The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, the solution is filtered and the solvent is removed under vacuum to afford 9,9-tetramethylene-3,7- diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, 20-4, in which R, and R, are HL
B. The above compound (1 mmol) is dissolved in MeCN, and to the solution is added diisopropylethylamine (5 mmol) and 2-[4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy]ethyl bromide (0.5 mmol). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 20-5, in which X is O.
C. Ina similar marmer, by employing 2-{4-methylsufonylaminophenyljethyl bromide in B above, there is obtained the corresponding product 3,8-di-[2-[4- methylsulfonylaminophenyl]ethyl]-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3. 1 Jnonane 20-5, in which X is a direct bond. oo | -127-
: Example 28. (Figure 20)
Preparation of 3-cyclopropylmethyl-7-[4-[2-[4-methylsulfonylaminophenoxy}- ethylmethylamino] butyl]-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1}nonane, 20-5, in which X is O. :
Al 3-Cyclopropylmethyl-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7-diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, (20- 1, in which R is H), (5 mmol) and 1,4-dibromobutane (5 mmol) are dissolved in EtOH (30 mL). The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, N-methyl 2-(4- methylsulfonylaminophenoxy)ethylamine (20-6, in which X is O), (5 mmol) is added. The progress of the reaction is followed by tlc. When it is complete, the mixture is added to dilute
NaHCO, and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound 20-5, in which X is O.
B. In a similar manner, by employing 2-[4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl]ethyl bromide in A above, there is obtained the corresponding product 3-cyclopropyimethyi-7-{4- [2-{4-methylsulfonylaminophenyl]-ethylmethylamino]buty1}-9,9-tetramethylene-3,7- diazabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, 20-5, in which X is a direct bond.
C. In a similar manner, by employing different dibromo compounds in place of 1,4-dibromobutane, there are obtainéd the corresponding products similar to 20-7.
Example 29. (Figure 20) * Preparation of 1,3,5-tri-[2-[4-(methylsulfonylamino)phenoxy)ethylmethylamino- methyl]benzene, 20-9, in which X is O.
A. N-Methyl 2-[(4-methylsulfonylamino)phenoxy]ethylamine (20-6, in which X is O), (3 mmol) and 1,3,5-tri-(bromomethyl) benzene (20-8), (1 mmol) are dissolved in .
Co MeCN (25 mL) containing K,CO, (0.5g). The progress of the reaction is monitored by tic.
When it is complete, the mixture is added to water and extracted with EtOAc. The extract is dried and evaporated and the residue is chromatographed to afford the title compound, 20-9, in which X is O.
B. Ina similar manner, by employing N-methyl 2-[(4~ methylsulfonylamino)phienyl]-ethylamine, (20-6, in which X is a direct bond) there is obtained the corresponding product 1,3,5-tri-[2-[4- : (methylsulfonylamino)phenyljethyimethylamino-methylJbenzene, 20-9, in which X is a direct bond.
While the present invention has been described with reference to the specific embodiments thereof, it should be understood by those skilled in the art that various changes may be made and equivalents may be substituted without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. In addition, many modifications may be made to adapt a particular situation, material, composition of matter, process, process step or steps, to the objective spirit and scope of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be within the scope of the claims appended hereto.
All of the publications, patent applications and patents cited in this application are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety to the same extent as if cach individual publication, patent application or patent was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Table 1: Multiple Activities of Antiarrhythmic Agents
I I I ewe
C= TE A
Lidocaine Jo | [| [TT
EEE I I I A
Tommie |e | [OT [TTT
Morcne | o | [1
Procsisami¢e | | ¢ [| [a] TT
Disopyromice | | ¢ | [a || |e
Quuidne | | o | | [we] T+]
Propateocns | | ¢ [| | Ta
Pociiae | | To | To]
Bocimige | [Te | | TTT
IEEE I A I I I
EESTI IC I A I I
Vent Je | [Te] Te] 0 Deen | | [Te]
SS I=" 0 I A A I
Boom | | [| Te Twa] sot | [1 [Tel To] amiodarone | @ | [| eo [lw] [Awane | [| | Ta]
Potency of block: ® Low ® Moderate ¢ High + Biphasic Action
© WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777 : Table 2: Activity of Potassium Channel Ligands ll el A
Stage Dependence
Amiodarone [approved | © [ o | | Troe 3 Doteide [pases |e | | | [roeme
Smmtitide |Pses |e | [| [mews
Egos lemez |e] [| Trewme
Azmiide [pases |e [0 | | JRewme
Ambesitide |Teminaed | o | @ [| | [Now uitide |approved | © [| | 1 [New
Tediomil [Phases | @ [ [0 | [reveme
Attorney Docket No. 032367017 z
Table 3: Properties of Potassium-Channel Blockers z
I I A I "YN I
Drug | TradeNome | Developer | stats [ 1 [i | 1, | ioavait | mim, : [ote | Thoom _[Pher[pwea Joon | | | toon |713m
Clee | fms [ewea foe] J Teme [somatic | [schoanga0 [pes [os [| [sw dob | [paw [tem | [| [ : imide [voor [vec [meet [| 2 ’ Toit | sovw [mmes [a0 | [5 prey I I I I oie | Cort | Phomacia | apprvd [os | [| ow [4st
Ea I rv Ce TN I I [Amiodarone | Conarons | Wyetchyes [appt | | | | 246% [5200s s g
T WO 99/64050 PCT/US99/12777
Table 4: Potassium Channel Ligands
UKES,914 (i) LT 4 . ig AAO”
RPS8868 (icy) co) ] Amisdarese a ) Azimilide : »
Tacrine (he and bey) C0 A ry . Dresedarons - Tedisamil
TE 0 Ey
Gidenciamide (hap) of Soc
RP48158 (hare opener 5 . oe rr Togo uve ° Se L Ean -
Sematiide ) ott prgreon oy nC a
N—Acety! Procainamide (NAPA)
GMs ay a
Clofiiem
Table 4: Potassium Channel Ligands (continued)
Effect of Substitution on Ix, Potency
A
< 2 om
L - 768,673 nH (cra and analogs 4
EE av aMror CCE-B ICs ompd® conf R n ’ ICs (nM) % inhn at conen (nM) (nM) mp °C : 2% R Ma 0 m-NHPhCH, 214 5000 2403 ’ 252 5 Ma 0 m-NEPhCH, 10000 10000 © 151%12 3 RR Me 0 phenyl 60d 23% at 2000 >1000 224-225" 4 RR Me 0 3,5-dichlorophenyl 454 17% at 1000, 179-180
R Me 1 pbeayl 300¢ 31% at 1000 >1000 241-242 € RR Ma 1 24-dichlorophenyl 3s 209-210 7 p:3 Me 1 24-dis(aiflucromathyl)phenyl 140 100-103 8 R Mea 2 phenyl 2004 32% at 1000 >1000 179 9 RB Me 2 24-dichloruphenyl 14 S1% at }p0 >1000 2-83.
BR Me 0 CH-CH-2i-dichlerephanyl o 1500 - >1800 137-138
Er £ Me 0 CHINHOCH3Fh 28004 8800 - >1000 ses
M, 2 4-aminophenyl 440p% >1000 175~ 13 R Ma 2 4-acatamidophenyl - >10000 . >1000 138-142 14 2 Me 2 oyclebixyl 104 1000 >1000 144-145
RS EH 2 cyclobmyl 1000 : 192-193 18 25 MaNCH.CH; 2 24-dichlerophenyl S204 100 >1000 | 139-201 17 R iPr 2 cyckhexyl 204 >1000 185¢-155 18 R Pr 0 3,S-dichlorophenyl [1 140—141 19 Ss i-Pr 0 35-dichiorophenyl 110 6% at 1000 10-14
R i-Pr 1 3,5-dichiorephenyl 104 »>1000 . 90-98 21 RR FCCR, 8 3,5-dichloropheayl ne 25% at 100 140-143 22 R F,CCH, 1 3,5-dichlorophenyl 30 4000 83-100 23 RR FCCH, 1 2.4-dichiorophenyl 9 2400 143-148 24 Ss FyCCH, 1 2.4-bisttriffuoromethyliphenyt sod . 35% at 1000 »1000 1 R FyCCH, 1 24-bis(triffuoromethyl)phenyt [- 6000 i" >1000 132-134 . r
Table 5: Principal Cardiac K* Currents and Some Drugs that Block Them
Current | Drugs that Block Current
I. |UKS66914, dofetilide, Argentieri, 1992; Carmeliet, | - sematilide, d-solatol 1985; Gwilt, et al., 1990, 1991
L, |RP58866, RP62719 Escande, et al., 1992;
Imoto, etal, 1987
Dukes, etal, 1990
Ixarry | Glibenclamide, 5- Kantor, et al., 1990; Notsu, hydroxydecanoate etal, 1989; 1992 :
Claims (69)
1. A multibinding compound comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel.
2. The multibinding compound of Claim 1 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetracthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
3. The muitibinding compound of Claim 1 which has 2 ligands.
4. A muitibinding compound represented by Formula I: ©), [ where each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; Pp is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to 2a K* channel.
S. The muitibinding compound of Claim 4, wherein g is less then p. 6 The muitihinding compound of Claim 4 wherein said ligand is selected from .. the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetractiryl ammonium, clofilium,
N melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
7. The multibinding compound of Claim 4 wherein pis 2 and g is 1.
8. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more multibinding compounds, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions, thereby modulating the diseases or conditions.
9. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 8 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetracthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone. © 10. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 8 which has 2 ligands.
= PCT/US99/12777
11. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and a therapeutically effective amount of one or more multibinding compounds represented by Formula I: L)pX)q I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, where each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence, p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and q is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to a K™ channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions, thereby modulating the diseases or conditions.
12. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 11 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetracthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium. N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866. 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
13. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 11 which has 2 ligands.
14. A non-therapeutic method for modulating the activity of a K* channel in a biologic tissue, which method comprises contacting a tissue having a K* channel with a multibinding compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, under conditions sufficient to produce a change in the activity of the channel in said tissue, wherein the multibinding compound comprises 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same AMENDED SHEET
Te PCT/US99/12777 or differentand which are covalently attached to a linker or linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel.
15. The method of Claim 14 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraethyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
16. The method of Claim 14 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands.
17. Use, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K* channel, of one or more multibinding compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, comprising 2 to 10 ligands which may be the same or different and which are covalently attached to a linker of linkers, which may be the same or different, each of said ligands comprising a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions.
18. Use according to Claim 17 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraethyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide. almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone. AMENDED SHEET oo : PCT/US99/12777
19. Use according to Claim 17 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands.
20. Use, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K* channel, of one or more multibinding compounds represented by Formula I: (LyX), I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, where each L is a ligand that may be the same or different at each occurrence; X is a linker that may be the same or different at each occurrence; p is an integer of from 2 to 10; and gd is an integer of from 1 to 20; wherein each of said ligands comprises a ligand domain capable of binding to a K* channel of a cell mediating mammalian diseases or conditions.
21. Use according to Claim 20 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraecthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, cromanol 293B, L.-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone. NE-10064, artilide. dofetilide. E-4031, sematilide. ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
22. Use according to Claim 20 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands. AMENDED SHEET
23. A method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels, which method comprises: (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; : (b) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; : (©) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric cquivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and ((<)) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in the library prepared in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties.
24. A method for identifying multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels, which method comprises: (a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; : oo (b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; (©) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; and : (d) assaying the multimeric ligand compounds produced in the library prepared vo in (c) above to identify multimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties. -141- oo
25. The method according to Claim 23 or 24 wherein the preparation of the multimeric ligand compound library is achieved by either the sequential or concurrent combination of the two or more stoichiometric equivalents of the ligands identified in (a) with the linkers identified in (b).
26. The method according to Claim 25 wherein the multimeric ligand compounds comprising the multimeric ligand compound library are dimeric.
27. The method according to Claim 26 wherein the dimeric ligand compounds comprising the dimeric ligand compound library are heterodimeric. :
28. The method according to Claim 27 wherein the heterodimeric ligand compound library is prepared by sequential addition of a first and second ligand.
29. The method according to Claim 23 or 24 wherein, prior to procedure (d), cach member of the multimeric ligand compound library is isolated from the library.
30. The method according to Claim 29 wherein each member of the library is isolated by preparative liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LCMS). :
31. The method according to Claim 23 or 24 wherein the linker or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and amphiphilic linkers. :
25 . -
32. The method according to Claim 31 wherein the linkers comprise linkers of different chain length and/or. having different complementary reactive groups.
33. The method according to Claim 32 wherein the linkers are selected to have different linker lengths ranging from about 2 to 100A.
34. The method according to Claim 23 or 24 wherein the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
35. The method according to Claim 34 wherein said reactive functionality is : selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxyl esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates, and precursors thereof wherein the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be complementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker-and the
36. The method according to Claim 23 or Claim 24 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises homomeric ligand compounds.
37. The method according to Claim 23 or Claim 24 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
38. A library of nmitimeric ligand compounds which may possess mmitivalent properties for potassium channels, which library is prepared by the method comprising: (a) identifying a ligand or a mixture of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; © (®) identifying a library of linkers wherein each linker in said library comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand; and (c) preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two "stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands identified in (a) with the library of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
39. A library of multimeric ligand compounds which may possess multivalent =] properties for potassium channels, which library is prepared by the method comprising: (a) identifying a library of ligands wherein each ligand contains at least one reactive functionality; (b) identifying a linker or mixture of linkers wherein each linker comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the. ligand; and © preparing a multimeric ligand compound library by combining at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the library of ligands identified in (a) with the linker or mixture of linkers identified in (b) under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands.
40. The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 wherein the linker or linkers employed are selected from the group comprising flexible linkers, rigid linkers, hydrophobic linkers, hydrophilic linkers, linkers of different geometry, acidic linkers, basic linkers, linkers of different polarization and amphiphilic linkers.
41. The library according to Claim 40 wherein the linkers comprise linkers of different chain length and/or having different complementary reactive groups.
42. The library according to Claim 41 wherein the linkers are selected to have different linker lengths ranging from about 2 to 100A.
43. The library according to Claim 38 or 39 wherein the ligand or mixture of ligands is selected to have reactive functionality at different sites on said ligands.
44. The library according to Claim 43 wherein said reactive functionality is selected from the group consisting of carboxylic acids, carboxylic acid halides, carboxy! ‘esters, amines, halides, pseudohalides, isocyanates, vinyl unsaturation, ketones, aldehydes, thiols, alcohols, anhydrides, boronates, and precursors thereof wherein the reactive functionality on the ligand is selected to be compiementary to at least one of the reactive groups on the linker so that a covalent linkage can be formed between the linker and the ligand.
45. The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises homomeric ligand compounds. ]
46. . The library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39 wherein the multimeric ligand compound library comprises heteromeric ligand compounds.
47. An iterative method for identifying muitimeric ligand compounds possessing multibinding properties for potassium channels, which method comprises: (a) preparing a first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which is prepared by contacting at least two stoichiometric equivalents of the ligand or mixture of ligands which target a receptor with a linker or mixture of linkers wherein said ligand or mixture of ligands comprises at least one reactive functionality and said linker or mixture of linkers comprises at least two functional groups having complementary reactivity to at least one of the reactive functional groups of the ligand wherein said contacting is conducted under conditions wherein the complementary functional groups react to form a covalent linkage between said linker and at least two of said ligands; (b) assaying said first collection or iteration of multimeric compounds to assess which if any of said muitimeric compounds possess muitibinding properties; (©) repeating the process of (a) and (b) above until at least one multimeric compound is found to possess multibinding properties;
Co PCT/US99/12777 (d) evaluating what molecular constrainst imparted or are consistent with imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the first iteration recited in (a) - (c) above; (e) creating a second collection or iteration of multimeric compounds which elaborates upon the particular molecular constraints imparting multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in said first iteration; ® evaluating what molecular constraints imparted or are consistent with imparting enhanced multibinding properties to the multimeric compound or compounds found in the second collection or iteration recited in (e) above; 63) optionally repeating steps (e¢) and (f) to further elaborate upon said molecular constraints.
48. The method according to Claim 47 wherein steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 2-50 times.
49. The method according to Claim 47 wherein steps (e) and (f) are repeated from 5-50 times.
50. Use of a multibinding compound as defined in Claim 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for modulating the activity of a K* channel in a biologic tissue.
51. Use according to Claim 50 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetracthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY-123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N-acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E- 4031,sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
52. Use according to Claim 50 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands. AMENDED SHEET
’ PCT/US99/12777
53. A substance or composition for use in a method for modulating the activity of a K* channel in a biologic tissue, said substance or composition comprising a multibinding compound as defined in Claim 14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and said method comprising contacting a tissue having a K* channel with said substance or composition, under conditions sufficient to produce a change in the activity of the channel in said tissue.
54. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 53 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraethyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY- 123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N- acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4-aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, chromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
55. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 53 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands.
56. A substance or composition for use in a method for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K* channel, said substance or composition comprising one or more multibinding compounds as defined in Claim 17. or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and said method comprising administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of said substance or composition.
57. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 56 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraecthyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY- 123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, aimokalant, bretylium, N- acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4- aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, AMENDED SHEET
. PCT/US99/12777 chromanol 293B, 1.-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
58. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 56 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands.
59. A substance or composition for use in a method for treating a disease or condition in a mammal resulting from an activity of a K* channel, said substance or composition comprising one or more multibinding compounds as defined in Claim 20, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and said method comprising administering to said mammal a therapeutically effective amount of said substance or composition.
60. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 59 wherein said ligand is selected from the group consisting of quinidine, glibenclamide, procaine, tetraethyl ammonium, clofilium, melperone, pinacidil, WAY- 123,398, cromakalim, propoful, thiopentone, risotilide, almokalant, bretylium, N- acetylprocainamide, tacrine, UK66,914, RP58866, 4-aminopyridine, RP49356, afinidine, cromanol 293B, L-768,673 and its analogs, bethanidine, disopyramide, desethylamiodarone, NE-10064, artilide, dofetilide, E-4031, sematilide, ambasilide, azimilide, tedisamil, dronedarone, ibutilide, sotalol, benzodiazepine analogs and amiodarone.
61. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 59 wherein the multibinding compound has 2 ligands.
62. A compound according to Claim 1 or Claim 4, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
63. A composition according to Claim 8 or Claim 11, substantially as herein described and illustrated. AMENDED SHEET
C, PCT/US99/12777
64. A method according to Claim 14, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
65. Use according to Claim 17, Claim 20, or Claim 50, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
66. A method according to Claim 23, Claim 24 or Claim 47, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
67. A library according to Claim 38 or Claim 39, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
68. A substance or composition for use in a method of treatment according to Claim 53, Claim 56 or Claim 59, substantially as herein described and illustrated.
69. A new compound, a new composition, a new method for modulating activity in a channel, new use of a multibinding compound according to Claim 1 or Claim 4, a new method for identifying compounds, a new library, or a substance or composition for use in a new method of treatment, substantially as herein described. AMENDED SHEET
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US8846598P | 1998-06-08 | 1998-06-08 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| ZA200004564B true ZA200004564B (en) | 2002-02-27 |
Family
ID=27733449
Family Applications (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| ZA200004562A ZA200004562B (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-08-31 | Novel sodium channel drugs and uses. |
| ZA200004563A ZA200004563B (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-08-31 | Novel calcium channel drugs and uses. |
| ZA200004564A ZA200004564B (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-08-31 | Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses. |
Family Applications Before (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| ZA200004562A ZA200004562B (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-08-31 | Novel sodium channel drugs and uses. |
| ZA200004563A ZA200004563B (en) | 1998-06-08 | 2000-08-31 | Novel calcium channel drugs and uses. |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| ZA (3) | ZA200004562B (en) |
-
2000
- 2000-08-31 ZA ZA200004562A patent/ZA200004562B/en unknown
- 2000-08-31 ZA ZA200004563A patent/ZA200004563B/en unknown
- 2000-08-31 ZA ZA200004564A patent/ZA200004564B/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| ZA200004563B (en) | 2001-11-30 |
| ZA200004562B (en) | 2002-02-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US6355805B1 (en) | β3-adrenergic receptor agonists | |
| WO1999063984A1 (en) | Novel sodium channel drugs and uses | |
| WO1999063984A9 (en) | Novel sodium channel drugs and uses | |
| WO1999064033A9 (en) | Phosphodiesterase-v modulator drugs and their uses | |
| WO1999064050A9 (en) | Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses | |
| ZA200004564B (en) | Novel potassium channel drugs and their uses. | |
| WO1999063992A1 (en) | Novel calcium channel drugs and uses | |
| ZA200004083B (en) | H1-histamine receptor antagonists. |